summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf-dist
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2014-03-05 23:31:39 +0000
committerKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2014-03-05 23:31:39 +0000
commite05f4b2815d04baad31f361e219c65b863cf76bc (patch)
treefe1186a0a8ba218f27fb5e39db73675322ab34b7 /Master/texmf-dist
parent78421b8cf188c4dab7c54d40b422386364441fcd (diff)
classpack (requested by dbitouze, 5mar14)
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@33101 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist')
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/MANIFEST17
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/README129
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/classpack.pdfbin0 -> 310003 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/db2bibtex.xsl592
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/db2dtx.xsl5378
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/db2plaintext.xsl513
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/decommentbbl.awk37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/doctexbook.dtd63
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/getgis.sh24
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/lppl.xml541
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/prepost.xml648
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/readme.xml166
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/test.sh4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/support/classpack/classpack.dtx3028
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/support/classpack/classpack.ins42
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/classpack/classpack.sty46
16 files changed, 11228 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/MANIFEST b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/MANIFEST
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..20b8b2d1530
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/MANIFEST
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+README
+MANIFEST
+classpack.dtx
+classpack.ins
+classpack.pdf
+classpack.sty
+doctexbook.dtd
+getgis.sh
+test.sh
+../db2dtx.xsl
+../db2bibtex.xsl
+../db2plaintext.xsl
+../decommentbbl.awk
+doctexbook.dtd
+lppl.xml
+../prepost.xml
+../readme.xml
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..99d3d81e456
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/README
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+README
+This is the README file for the classpack package.
+1 Summary
+LaTeX document classes and packages are normally created, maintained,
+and distributed in .dtx format using the ltxdoc class, which provides
+facilities for modular or fragmentary coding combined with interleaved
+documentation. However, the accurate construction of these files is
+technically challenging.
+ClassPack allows a developer to create an XML document containing user
+documentation and annotated code, based on the DocBook vocabulary (with
+some minor abuses). An XSLT2 script then generates the .dtx and .ins
+files, ensuring that all the relevant pieces are emitted in the correct
+order and in the correct syntax.
+This is experimental software, and is incomplete. It has been
+successfully used in-house by the author since 2008 for several
+institutional and commercial packages and classes. There are some known
+deficiencies which remain to be corrected, and some legacy code
+(originally included for one specific package) which needs to be removed
+to an external file.
+A paper describing the system has been accepted for the Balisage markup
+conference 2013 in Montréal.
+
+2 Normal installation
+This package is distributed as a .tds.zip file (TDS is the TeX Directory
+Structure, the standard layout for a modern TeX installation). Install
+it on any personal TDS-compliant TeX system by unzipping it into your
+personal TeX directory (folder). This will put all the files into the
+right places, so you can start using them immediately.
+If you haven't yet created a personal TeX directory, see below for
+details of what one is, and how to create it.
+On a shared (multiuser) system like a server, unzip it into the
+$TEXMFLOCAL directory instead (see below), and run your TeX
+directory-indexing program (eg texhash, mktexlsr, Update FNDB, etc) so
+that everyone can use it.
+If you are using an old non-TDS-compliant system, see below under Manual
+Installation.
+2.1 Your personal TeX directory
+This is a directory (folder) on single-user systems like desktops and
+laptops where you put all your local manual modifications, updates, and
+additions such as classes, packages, and fonts. The name and location
+are fixed:
+ Apple Mac OS X
+ ~/Library/texmf
+ Unix and GNU/Linux
+ ~/texmf
+ MS-Windows 95/XP
+ C:\texmf
+ MS-Windows 2007 and above
+ Computer\System\YOURNAME\texmf
+Create that folder if it does not already exist.
+ WARNING: If you are a Windows user running MiKTeX
+ !
+ ! When you create the folder, you must add it to MiKTeX's list of
+ ! supported folders. Run the MiKTeX Maintenance/Settings program,
+ ! select the Roots tab, and add the folder. You only have to do this
+ ! once.
+ !
+ ! Each time you add or remove software in your personal TeX folder,
+ ! you MUST also click on the Update FNDB button in the General tab.
+
+Unix (Mac and GNU/Linux) users do not need to (indeed, should not) run
+their filename database indexer (mktexlsr or texhash) for files put in
+your personal TeX directory.
+2.2 Installation on shared systems
+On multi-user systems (Unix-based), identify the shared local directory
+tree with the command
+ kpsewhich -expand-var '$TEXMFLOCAL'
+
+This will give you the location of the shared texmf directory into which
+you must install these files.
+Do not forget to run the texhash or mktexlsr (filename indexer) program
+after installation, otherwise the files will not be found by LaTeX and
+nothing will work!
+
+3 Manual installation (non-TDS systems)
+To install this software manually, unzip the zip file into a temporary
+directory and move the classpack.sty file from the tex/latex/classpack
+directory to a location (directory/folder) where LaTeX will find it on
+your system. This referred to in some documentation as "the TEXINPUTS
+directory", although it may be called something else on your system.
+IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO KNOW WHERE THIS LOCATION IS. See the
+question in the TeX FAQ at
+http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=inst-wlcf for more
+information. If you do not know, or cannot find it, or do not have
+access to it, your TeX system may be out of date need replacing.
+3.1 Last resort
+In an emergency, and as a last resort on unmanageable systems, it is
+possible simply to put the classpack.sty file in your current working
+directory (the same folder as your .tex file[s]).
+While this may work, it is not supported, and may lead to other
+resources (packages, fonts, etc) not being found.
+
+4 Usage
+Make this the first line of your LaTeX document:
+ \usepackage[options]{classpack}
+
+Read the documentation for the options available. The documentation is
+distributed as a PDF document in the zip file. You can also regenerate
+it by typesetting the classpack.dtx file with LaTeX (and BiBTeX and
+makeindex) in the normal way.
+
+5 Bugs and TODO
+No outstanding reported bugs at the time of this version, but there are
+many facilities and features unimplemented, and the documentation is
+incomplete.
+
+6 Copyright
+The following statement is included in the source code:
+% Extracted from classpack.xml
+% classpack.sty is copyright © 2012-2013 by Peter Flynn <peter@silmaril.ie>
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+%
+% The current maintainer of this work is Peter Flynn <peter@silmaril.ie>
+%
+% This work consists of the files classpack.dtx and classpack.ins,
+% the derived file classpack.sty, and any ancillary files listed
+% in the MANIFEST.
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/classpack.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/classpack.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..881096d5d53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/classpack.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/db2bibtex.xsl b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/db2bibtex.xsl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0622766da0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/db2bibtex.xsl
@@ -0,0 +1,592 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
+ xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ version="2.0">
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:bibliography">
+ <xsl:if test="title">
+ <xsl:text>% \renewcommand{\bibname}{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="title"/>
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="count(//db:biblioref) +
+ count(//db:citetitle[@linkend]) +
+ count(//db:blockquote[@linkend])=0">
+ <xsl:text>% \nocite{*}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>% \clearpage
+% \raggedright
+% \bibliography{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>}
+% \bibliographystyle{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@label"/>
+ <xsl:text>}
+% \begin{VerbatimOut}{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@xlink:href">
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:href"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:id"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>.bib}
+%&lt;*ignore>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>%&lt;/ignore>
+% \end{VerbatimOut}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:biblioentry">
+ <xsl:text>@</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@xreflabel='standard' and @role">
+ <xsl:text>techreport</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="@xreflabel='patent'">
+ <xsl:text>misc</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xreflabel"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:if test="@xreflabel='standard' and @role">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;publisher &#x9; = {</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@role"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="@xreflabel='inproceedings'
+ and not(descendant::db:publisher)
+ and not(descendant::db:publishername)
+ and not(descendant::db:orgname)
+ and not(descendant::db:volumenum)
+ and not(descendant::db:issuenum)">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;publisher &#x9; = {Unpublished}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="not(descendant::db:date) and descendant::db:confdates">
+ <xsl:for-each select="descendant::db:confdates[1]">
+ <xsl:call-template name="dodate"/>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:biblioentry/db:authorgroup">
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;shortauthor &#x9; = {</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:author[1]/db:personname/db:surname |
+ db:author[1]/db:orgname |
+ db:editor[1]/db:personname/db:surname"/>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="count(db:author)+count(db:editor)=2">
+ <xsl:text> \&amp; </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:author[2]/db:personname/db:surname |
+ db:author[2]/db:orgname |
+ db:editor[2]/db:personname/db:surname"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text> \textit{et al.}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <!--
+ <xsl:if test="db:editor">
+ <xsl:text> (Ed</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="count(db:editor)>1">
+ <xsl:text>s</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>)</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ -->
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:biblioentry//db:author |
+ db:biblioentry//db:editor |
+ db:biblioentry//db:authorgroup/db:author |
+ db:biblioentry//db:authorgroup/db:editor">
+ <xsl:if test="count(preceding-sibling::*[name()=current()/name()])=0">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="name()"/>
+ <xsl:text> &#x9; = {</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="preceding-sibling::*[name()=current()/name()]">
+ <xsl:text> and </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- only one -->
+ <xsl:for-each select="db:personname | db:orgname">
+ <xsl:if test="db:firstname">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="db:firstname/@role='as-is'">
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:firstname"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:firstname"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="db:othername">
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:othername"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="local-name()='orgname'">
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="contains(db:surname,' ')">
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:surname"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:surname"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:if test="db:honorific">
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:honorific"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <xsl:if test="count(following-sibling::*[name()=current()/name()])=0">
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <!-- do shortauthor for solo authors/editors here -->
+ <xsl:if test="count(../*[name()=current()/name()]) = 1
+ and not(parent::db:authorgroup)">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;short</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="name()"/>
+ <xsl:text> &#x9; = {</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:personname/db:surname | db:orgname"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:biblioentry//db:corpauthor">
+ <xsl:if test="count(preceding-sibling::db:author |
+ preceding-sibling::db:corpauthor)=0">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;author &#x9; = {{</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="preceding-sibling::db:author |
+ preceding-sibling::db:corpauthor">
+ <xsl:text> and </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@remap">
+ <xsl:value-of select="@remap"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="not(@remap)">
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:if test="count(following-sibling::db:author |
+ following-sibling::db:corpauthor)=0">
+ <xsl:text>}}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="count(preceding-sibling::db:author |
+ preceding-sibling::db:corpauthor)=0">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;shortauthor &#x9; = {{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@remap">
+ <xsl:value-of select="@remap"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="translate(normalize-space(.),
+ '.,;:-abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ','')"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>}}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:biblioset">
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:biblioentry//db:title">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- if field is hardwired, use it -->
+ <xsl:when test="@role">
+ <xsl:value-of select="@role"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- article titles are inside the biblioset -->
+ <xsl:when test="parent::db:biblioset">
+ <xsl:text>title</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- articles use this for the journal because the article
+ title was wrapped in a biblioset -->
+ <xsl:when test="parent::db:biblioentry/@xreflabel='article'">
+ <xsl:text>journal</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- books and collections and journals use it for the booktitle -->
+ <xsl:when test="parent::db:biblioentry/@xreflabel='inbook' or
+ parent::db:biblioentry/@xreflabel='incollection' or
+ parent::db:biblioentry/@xreflabel='inproceedings'">
+ <xsl:text>booktitle</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>title</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text> &#x9; = {{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <!-- if there is a matching subtitle, pick the right one -->
+ <xsl:for-each select="following-sibling::db:subtitle
+ [@role=current()/@role or
+ (not(@role) and not(current()/@role))]">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="starts-with(.,'(')">
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>: </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <xsl:text>}}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:biblioentry//db:subtitle"/>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:biblioid | db:bibliosource |
+ db:citebiblioid | db:isbn | db:issn">
+ <!-- doi isbn isrn issn libraryofcongress pubsnumber uri other -->
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@class='uri'">
+ <xsl:text>url</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="@class='doi'">
+ <xsl:value-of select="@class"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="local-name()='isbn' or
+ @class='isbn' or
+ ancestor::db:biblioentry/@xreflabel='book'">
+ <xsl:text>isbn</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="local-name()='issn' or
+ @class='issn' or
+ ancestor::db:biblioentry/@xreflabel='article'">
+ <xsl:text>issn</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>number</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text> &#x9; = {</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@class='other' and @otherclass">
+ <xsl:value-of select="@otherclass"/>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="@class='libraryofcongress'">
+ <xsl:text>LoC</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>: </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@YYYY-MM-DD
+ and ancestor::db:bibliography/@label='apacite'">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;lastchecked &#x9; = {</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="string-length(@YYYY-MM-DD)>8">
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring(@YYYY-MM-DD,9,2)"/>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="string-length(@YYYY-MM-DD)>5">
+ <xsl:call-template name="months">
+ <xsl:with-param name="month"
+ select="number(substring(@YYYY-MM-DD,6,2))"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring(@YYYY-MM-DD,1,4)"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="@YYYY-MM-DD and not(ancestor::db:biblioentry//db:date)">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;year &#x9; = {</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring(@YYYY-MM-DD,1,4)"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="string-length(@YYYY-MM-DD)>5">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;month &#x9; = {</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:call-template name="months">
+ <xsl:with-param name="month"
+ select="number(substring(@YYYY-MM-DD,6,2))"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:when>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:titleabbrev">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;shorttitle &#x9; = {{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:bibliocoverage">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@remap"/>
+ <xsl:text> &#x9; = {</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:seriesvolnums">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;number &#x9; = {</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@xreflabel">
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xreflabel"/>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:collab">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;note &#x9; = {</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:publisher">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="ancestor::db:biblioentry/@xreflabel='misc'">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;howpublished &#x9; = {</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="db:address/node()"/>
+ <xsl:text>: </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="db:publishername/node()"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:publishername">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="ancestor::db:biblioentry/@xreflabel='techreport' or
+ ancestor::db:biblioentry/@xreflabel='standard'">
+ <xsl:text>institution</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="ancestor::db:biblioentry/@xreflabel='phdthesis' or
+ ancestor::db:biblioentry/@xreflabel='mastersthesis'">
+ <xsl:text>school</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>publisher</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text> &#x9; = {</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:confgroup">
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:conftitle">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;series &#x9; = {{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:if test="../db:confdates">
+ <xsl:text> (</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="../db:confdates/node()"/>
+ <xsl:text>)</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>}}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:confsponsor">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;organization &#x9; = {</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:confgroup/db:address">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;address &#x9; = {</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:confdates"/>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:confnum">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;series &#x9; = {</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:date">
+ <xsl:call-template name="dodate"/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template name="dodate">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;year &#x9; = {</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring(@YYYY-MM-DD,1,4)"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="string-length(@YYYY-MM-DD)&gt;=7">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;month &#x9; = {</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:variable name="month">
+ <xsl:call-template name="months">
+ <xsl:with-param name="month"
+ select="number(substring(@YYYY-MM-DD,6,2))"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring($month,1,3)"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:biblioentry/@xreflabel='pc'">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;howpublished &#x9; = {Pers.\ Comm.}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:productnumber">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;number &#x9; = {</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:pagenums|db:artpagenums">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;pages &#x9; = {</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="translate(.,'–','-')"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:volumenum">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;volume &#x9; = {</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:releaseinfo">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;url &#x9; = {</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:issuenum | db:invpartnumber">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;number &#x9; = {</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:publisher/db:address">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="starts-with(normalize-space(.),'http://') or
+ starts-with(normalize-space(.),'ftp://') or
+ starts-with(normalize-space(.),'mailto:') or
+ starts-with(normalize-space(.),'https://')">
+ <xsl:text>url</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>address</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text> &#x9; = {</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:edition">
+ <xsl:text>,&#xa;edition &#x9; = {</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="not(number(.))">
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="substring(.,string-length(.))='1' and
+ substring(.,string-length(.)-1)!='11'">
+ <xsl:text>st</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="substring(.,string-length(.))='2' and
+ substring(.,string-length(.)-1)!='12'">
+ <xsl:text>nd</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="substring(.,string-length(.))='3' and
+ substring(.,string-length(.)-1)!='13'">
+ <xsl:text>rd</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>th</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template name="months">
+ <xsl:param name="month"/>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="$month=1">
+ <xsl:text>January</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="$month=2">
+ <xsl:text>February</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="$month=3">
+ <xsl:text>March</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="$month=4">
+ <xsl:text>April</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="$month=5">
+ <xsl:text>May</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="$month=6">
+ <xsl:text>June</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="$month=7">
+ <xsl:text>July</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="$month=8">
+ <xsl:text>August</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="$month=9">
+ <xsl:text>September</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="$month=10">
+ <xsl:text>October</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="$month=11">
+ <xsl:text>November</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="$month=12">
+ <xsl:text>December</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:message>
+ <xsl:text>Month must be a number from 1 to 12 in </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="name()"/>
+ </xsl:message>
+ <xsl:text>NaN</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/db2dtx.xsl b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/db2dtx.xsl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e74321cb7cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/db2dtx.xsl
@@ -0,0 +1,5378 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
+ xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ version="2.0">
+
+ <!-- db2dtx.xsl
+ XSL script to transform DocBook5 documentation and code of a
+ LaTeX package or class file into a DocTeX (.dtx and .ins)
+ distribution.
+ Full processing command chain is output to file 'build'
+ Note this requires an XSLT2 processor (eg Saxon9 or above)
+ -->
+
+ <xsl:variable name="thisversion">
+ <xsl:text>15.02 (autopackage with multifile)</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:variable>
+
+ <xsl:output method="text"/>
+ <xsl:output method="text" name="textFormat"/>
+
+ <xsl:include href="db2bibtex.xsl"/>
+ <xsl:include href="db2plaintext.xsl"/>
+
+ <!-- path to the XSLT processor (eg Saxon) -->
+ <xsl:param name="processor"/>
+ <!-- path to the classpack directory -->
+ <xsl:param name="cpdir"/>
+ <!-- path to the project's app dev directory -->
+ <xsl:param name="appdir"/>
+
+ <xsl:variable name="prepost"
+ select="document(concat($cpdir,'/prepost.xml'))/db:refsection"/>
+ <xsl:variable name="langs"
+ select="document(concat($cpdir,'/languages.xml'))/languages"/>
+ <xsl:variable name="readme"
+ select="document(concat($cpdir,'/readme.xml'))/db:chapter"/>
+ <xsl:variable name="licence"
+ select="document(concat($appdir,'/',/db:book/@audience,'.xml'))/db:chapter"/>
+ <xsl:variable name="thisdoc" select="/"/>
+
+ <xsl:variable name="maxcodelen">
+ <xsl:text>40</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:variable>
+
+ <xsl:variable name="personaltree">
+ <xsl:text>~/texmf</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:variable>
+
+ <xsl:variable name="name" select="/db:book/@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:variable name="doctype" select="/db:book/@arch"/>
+ <xsl:variable name="version" select="/db:book/@version"/>
+ <xsl:variable name="revision" select="/db:book/@revision"/>
+ <xsl:variable name="filetype" select="/db:book/@userlevel"/>
+
+ <xsl:variable name="latestrevhist"
+ select="/db:book/db:info/db:revhistory/db:revision
+ [not(../db:revision/@version > @version)]/@version"/>
+
+ <xsl:template match="/">
+ <xsl:message>
+ <xsl:text>This is DB2DTX, Version </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$thisversion"/>
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:message>
+ <!-- don't do anything if the version numbers don't accord -->
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="concat($version,'.',$revision) != $latestrevhist">
+ <xsl:message>
+ <xsl:text>! Declared version </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$version"/>
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$revision"/>
+ <xsl:text> does not match latest revision history </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$latestrevhist"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa; I'm sorry, I can't go on until you fix this.</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:message>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <!-- output the .ins file first -->
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="/db:book/db:info" mode="ins"/>
+ <!-- then the build file -->
+ <xsl:call-template name="build"/>
+ <!-- then the README -->
+ <xsl:call-template name="readme"/>
+ <!-- and then the MANIFEST -->
+ <xsl:call-template name="manifest"/>
+ <!-- and finally start creating the .dtx file -->
+ <xsl:text>% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:call-template name="copyright-statement">
+ <xsl:with-param name="ftype">
+ <xsl:text>dtx</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:with-param>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ <xsl:text>%
+% \fi
+% \iffalse&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <!-- special exception for classes: needs \ProvidesFile -->
+ <xsl:if test="$doctype='class'">
+ <xsl:text>%&lt;*driver>
+\ProvidesFile{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.dtx}
+%&lt;/driver>
+</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- prefix with <class> or <package> as appropriate -->
+ <xsl:text>%&lt;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
+ <xsl:text>>\NeedsTeXFormat{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@conformance"/>
+ <xsl:text>}[</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="translate(/db:book/@condition,'-','/')"/>
+ <xsl:text>]
+%&lt;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
+ <xsl:text>>\Provides</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="translate(substring($doctype,1,1),
+ 'abcdefghijklmn0pqrstuvwxyz',
+ 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMN0PQRSTUVWXYZ')"/>
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring($doctype,2)"/>
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <!-- used to be a newline and repeat tag here for classes -->
+ <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
+ <!-- use the latest revision date as the distro date -->
+ <xsl:for-each select="//db:info/db:revhistory/db:revision">
+ <xsl:sort select="@version" order="ascending"/>
+ <xsl:if test="position()=last()">
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="translate(db:date/@conformance,'-','/')"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <xsl:text> v</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@version"/>
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@revision"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;%&lt;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
+ <xsl:text>> </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:variable name="title">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="//db:info/db:subtitle">
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(//db:info/db:subtitle)"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(//db:info/db:title)"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:call-template name="delogify">
+ <xsl:with-param name="string" select="$title"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ <!--
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
+ -->
+ <xsl:text>]&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <!-- now add any packages needed for the class/package (only)
+ unless they are to be deferred to a later
+ section identified by an ID (in linkend)
+ This is done to allow declarations to wait until after options.
+ -->
+ <xsl:if test="/db:book/db:info/db:cover
+ /db:constraintdef[@xml:id=concat($filetype,'packages')]
+ [not(@linkend)]
+ /db:segmentedlist/db:seglistitem[db:seg!='']">
+ <xsl:text>%%
+%% Packages that need to be invoked at the start
+%%&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:for-each
+ select="/db:book/db:info/db:cover
+ /db:constraintdef[@xml:id=concat($filetype,'packages')]
+ [not(@linkend)]
+ /db:segmentedlist/db:seglistitem[db:seg!='']">
+ <xsl:call-template name="packages">
+ <xsl:with-param name="pkg" select="."/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="dest" select="$filetype"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- then start on the documentation -->
+ <xsl:text>%&lt;*driver>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <!-- special action to preload xcolor options -->
+ <!-- \PassOptionsToPackage{svgnames}{xcolor} -->
+ <xsl:text>\PassOptionsToPackage{svgnames}{xcolor}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>\documentclass</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="/db:book/@remap">
+ <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@remap"/>
+ <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>{ltxdoc}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <!--
+ PACKAGES FOR DOCUMENTATION
+
+ Ensure we use all the required packages for documentation
+ (this applies in both package and class cases). This invokes
+ the pre- and post-commands from prepost.xml -->
+ <!-- AUTOPACKAGE: construct a node-set of packages needed -->
+ <xsl:variable name="packages">
+ <!-- go through every step (package) in the PREPACKAGE spec
+ which has a constructorsynopsis element type -->
+ <xsl:for-each
+ select="$prepost/db:procedure/
+ db:step/db:constructorsynopsis">
+ <!-- build a node-list of elements in the
+ USER DOCUMENTATION, METADATA, or LICENCE
+ which match the @condition on the constructorsynopsis -->
+ <xsl:variable name="elements"
+ select="$thisdoc/db:book/db:part[@xml:id='doc'
+ and current()/@condition='']
+ |
+ $thisdoc/db:book/db:part[@xml:id='doc']/
+ descendant::*[name()=current()/@condition]
+ |
+ $thisdoc/db:book/db:info/
+ (db:title|db:author|db:abstract|db:annotation)/
+ descendant::*[name()=current()/@condition]
+ |
+ $licence//descendant::*[name()=current()/@condition]"/>
+ <!--
+ <xsl:if test="count($elements)>0">
+ <xsl:message>
+ <xsl:text>Checking for package </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="parent::db:step/@remap"/>
+ <xsl:text>: &#x2329;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@condition"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#x232a; has </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="count($elements)"/>
+ <xsl:text> occurrences</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:message>
+ </xsl:if>
+ -->
+ <!-- if there are some elements matching, and the package is
+ not already explicitly requested or is not blocked -->
+ <xsl:if test="count($elements)>0 and
+ not($thisdoc//db:constraintdef[@xml:id='docpackages']
+ /db:segmentedlist/db:seglistitem
+ [db:seg=current()/parent::db:step/@remap]
+ [not(@condition='off')])">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- if the constructorsynopsis element is empty
+ then the package is required unconditionally
+ but may be excluded later if another package already
+ loads it (specified in @conformance) -->
+ <xsl:when test="count(db:methodparam)=0">
+ <db:seglistitem role="{@condition} was detected."
+ conformance="{@conformance}">
+ <db:seg>
+ <xsl:if test="parent::db:step/@role">
+ <xsl:attribute name="role">
+ <xsl:value-of select="parent::db:step/@role"/>
+ </xsl:attribute>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:value-of select="parent::db:step/@remap"/>
+ </db:seg>
+ </db:seglistitem>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- otherwise there are two ways to match: -->
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:for-each select="db:methodparam">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- 1. a parameter giving the attribute,
+ with an optional modifier giving a value -->
+ <xsl:when
+ test="db:parameter and
+ $elements[@*[name()=current()/db:parameter]]">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="count(db:modifier)=0">
+ <db:seglistitem role="{parent::db:constructorsynopsis/@condition}/@{db:parameter} was detected."
+ conformance="{@conformance}">
+ <db:seg>
+ <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:step/@role">
+ <xsl:attribute name="role">
+ <xsl:value-of select="ancestor::db:step/@role"/>
+ </xsl:attribute>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:value-of select="ancestor::db:step/@remap"/>
+ </db:seg>
+ </db:seglistitem>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:if
+ test="$elements[@*[name()=current()/db:parameter]
+ =current()/db:modifier]">
+ <db:seglistitem role="{parent::db:constructorsynopsis/@condition}/@{db:parameter}='{db:modifier}' was detected."
+ conformance="{@conformance}">
+ <db:seg>
+ <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:step/@role">
+ <xsl:attribute name="role">
+ <xsl:value-of select="ancestor::db:step/@role"/>
+ </xsl:attribute>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:value-of select="ancestor::db:step/@remap"/>
+ </db:seg>
+ </db:seglistitem>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- 2. a funcparams giving the IDREF attribute
+ with a modifier giving the name of the
+ element type that the IDREF points at -->
+ <xsl:when
+ test="db:funcparams and
+ $elements[@*[name()=current()/db:funcparams]]">
+ <xsl:variable name="modval" select="db:modifier"/>
+ <xsl:variable name="prepstep"
+ select="ancestor::db:step"/>
+ <xsl:variable name="prepmeth"
+ select="."/>
+ <!-- enter the document context -->
+ <xsl:for-each
+ select="$elements/@*[name()=current()/db:funcparams]">
+ <xsl:if test="name($thisdoc//*[@xml:id=current()/.])=
+ $modval">
+ <db:seglistitem role="{$prepstep/db:constructorsynopsis/@condition}/@{$prepmeth/db:funcparams}='{$prepmeth/db:modifier}' was detected."
+ conformance="{$prepstep/db:constructorsynopsis/@conformance}">
+ <db:seg>
+ <xsl:if test="$prepstep/@role">
+ <xsl:attribute name="role">
+ <xsl:value-of select="$prepstep/@role"/>
+ </xsl:attribute>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$prepstep/@remap"/>
+ </db:seg>
+ </db:seglistitem>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!--
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <db:seglistitem
+ role="parameter:{db:parameter};funcparams={db:funcparams};modifier={db:modifier}"
+ conformance="{@conformance}">
+ <db:seg>unmatched</db:seg>
+ </db:seglistitem>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ -->
+ <!-- there is no otherwise -->
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <!--
+ <xsl:message>
+ <xsl:value-of select="count($packages/*)"/>
+ <xsl:text> packages detected </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text> times: names and values are:&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:for-each select="$packages/*">
+ <xsl:value-of select="name()"/>
+ <xsl:text> : </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="child::*[1]"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:message>
+ -->
+ <xsl:if test="count($packages/db:seglistitem)>0">
+ <!--
+ <xsl:message>
+ <xsl:text>AUTOPACKAGE</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:message>
+ -->
+ <xsl:text>%%
+%% Packages added automatically
+%%&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:for-each-group select="$packages/db:seglistitem"
+ group-by="db:seg">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when
+ test="$packages/db:seglistitem[db:seg=current()/@conformance]">
+ <!--
+ <xsl:message>
+ <xsl:text>Omitting </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:seg"/>
+ <xsl:text> automagically</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:message>
+ -->
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <!--
+ <xsl:message>
+ <xsl:text>Adding </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:seg"/>
+ <xsl:text> automagically</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:message>
+ -->
+ <xsl:call-template name="packages">
+ <xsl:with-param name="pkg" select="."/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="dest" select="'doc'"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:for-each-group>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- EXTRAS that AUTOPACKAGE can't handle -->
+ <!-- 1. Special for babel, needs languages -->
+ <xsl:variable name="baselang" select="/db:book/@xml:lang"/>
+ <xsl:if test="/db:book/db:part[@xml:id='doc']/
+ descendant::*[@xml:lang][@xml:lang!=$baselang]">
+ <xsl:text>% added babel automatically&#xa;\usepackage[</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:for-each-group group-by="@xml:lang"
+ select="/db:book/db:part[@xml:id='doc']/
+ descendant::*[@xml:lang][@xml:lang!=$baselang]">
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="tokenize($langs/language[@iso=current()/@xml:lang]/@babel,
+ ' ')[1]"/>
+ <xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:for-each-group>
+ <xsl:value-of select="tokenize($langs/language[@iso=$baselang]/@babel,
+ ' ')[1]"/>
+ <xsl:text>]{babel}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:message>
+ <xsl:text>Adding babel automatically for </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:for-each-group group-by="@xml:lang"
+ select="/db:book/db:part[@xml:id='doc']/
+ descendant::*[@xml:lang][@xml:lang!=$baselang]
+ [not(local-name()='cmdsynopsis' or
+ local-name()='command' or
+ local-name()='literal' or
+ local-name()='methodsynopsis')]">
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="tokenize($langs/language[@iso=current()/@xml:lang]/@babel,
+ ' ')[1]"/>
+ <xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:for-each-group>
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="tokenize($langs/language[@iso=$baselang]/@babel,
+ ' ')[1]"/>
+ </xsl:message>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- 2. any extra package required by the documentation
+ bibliography style. TODO: check prepost.xml -->
+ <xsl:if test="/db:book/db:part
+ //db:bibliography[@xreflabel]">
+ <xsl:text>\usepackage{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/db:part
+ //db:bibliography/@xreflabel"/>
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- 3. url needed for metadata or abstract?
+ <xsl:if test="/db:book/db:info//db:author/db:email |
+ /db:book/db:info//db:author/db:uri |
+ /db:book/db:info/db:abstract//db:ulink |
+ /db:book/db:info/db:abstract//db:uri |
+ /db:book/db:info/db:abstract//db:email">
+ <xsl:text>\usepackage{url}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ -->
+ <!-- 4. load THIS package for use in the documentation? -->
+ <xsl:if test="$doctype='package' and /db:book/@xlink:role">
+ <xsl:message>
+ <xsl:text>Adding </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text> as specified</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:message>
+ <xsl:text>\usepackage</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="/db:book/@xlink:role!=''">
+ <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xlink:role"/>
+ <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>}[</xsl:text>
+ <!-- use the latest revision date as the distro date -->
+ <xsl:for-each select="//db:info/db:revhistory/db:revision">
+ <xsl:sort select="@version" order="ascending"/>
+ <xsl:if test="position()=last()">
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="translate(db:date/@conformance,'-','/')"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <xsl:text>]% added by specification&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- 5. Process all the requested packages last!
+ optionally use segtitle? -->
+ <xsl:text>%%
+%% Packages added by author
+%%&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:for-each
+ select="/db:book/db:info/db:cover
+ /db:constraintdef[@xml:id='docpackages']
+ /db:segmentedlist/db:seglistitem
+ [db:seg!=''][not(db:seg/@condition='off')]">
+ <xsl:call-template name="packages">
+ <xsl:with-param name="pkg" select="."/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="dest" select="'doc'"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <!-- additional settings or documentation (again, applies to both) -->
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="/db:book/db:info/db:cover
+ /db:constraintdef[@xml:id='docpackages']
+ /db:cmdsynopsis[.!='']"/>
+ <!-- 6. Finally add classpack.sty for bells and whistles -->
+ <xsl:text>\usepackage{classpack}
+%%
+%% Settings for docstrip and latexdoc
+%%
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\CodelineIndex
+\RecordChanges
+\newlength{\revmarg}
+\setlength{\revmarg}{1in}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <!-- struts only used in tabular setting -->
+ <xsl:if test="/db:book/db:part[@xml:id='doc']/
+ descendant::db:tgroup">
+ <xsl:text>\newcommand{\vstrut}{\vrule height1.2em depth.6667ex width0pt}
+\newcommand{\prestrut}{\vrule height1em width0pt}
+\newcommand{\poststrut}{\vrule depth.5ex width0pt}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>\begin{document}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(db:book/@annotations)"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa; \DocInput{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%&lt;/driver>
+% \fi
+%
+% \CheckSum{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@security"/>
+ <xsl:text>}
+%
+% \CharacterTable
+% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&amp;
+% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \&lt;
+% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+% &#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:for-each select="/db:book/db:info/db:revhistory/db:revision">
+ <xsl:text>% \changes{v</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@version"/>
+ <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="translate(db:date/@conformance,'-','/')"/>
+ <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="normalize-space(
+ db:revdescription/db:itemizedlist/db:title)"/>
+ <xsl:text>: </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when
+ test="count(db:revdescription/db:itemizedlist/db:listitem)=1">
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="normalize-space(
+ db:revdescription/db:itemizedlist/db:listitem)"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:for-each
+ select="db:revdescription/db:itemizedlist/db:listitem">
+ <xsl:number/>
+ <xsl:text>) </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ <xsl:if test="position()!=last()">
+ <xsl:text>; </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>.}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <xsl:text>%
+% \GetFileInfo{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.dtx}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>%
+% \DoNotIndex{\@,\@@par,\@beginparpenalty,\@empty}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@flushglue,\@gobble,\@input}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@makefnmark,\@makeother,\@maketitle}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@ne,\@spaces,\@tempa}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@tempb,\@tempswafalse,\@tempswatrue}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@thanks,\@thefnmark,\@topnum}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@@,\@elt,\@forloop,\@fortmp,\@gtempa,\@totalleftmargin}
+% \DoNotIndex{\",\/,\@ifundefined,\@nil,\@verbatim,\@vobeyspaces}
+% \DoNotIndex{\|,\~,\ ,\active,\advance,\aftergroup,\begingroup,\bgroup}
+% \DoNotIndex{\mathcal,\csname,\def,\documentstyle,\dospecials,\edef}
+% \DoNotIndex{\egroup}
+% \DoNotIndex{\else,\endcsname,\endgroup,\endinput,\endtrivlist}
+% \DoNotIndex{\expandafter,\fi,\fnsymbol,\futurelet,\gdef,\global}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hbox,\hss,\if,\if@inlabel,\if@tempswa,\if@twocolumn}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ifcat,\iffalse,\ifx,\ignorespaces,\index,\input,\item}
+% \DoNotIndex{\jobname,\kern,\leavevmode,\leftskip,\let,\llap,\lower}
+% \DoNotIndex{\m@ne,\next,\newpage,\nobreak,\noexpand,\nonfrenchspacing}
+% \DoNotIndex{\obeylines,\or,\protect,\raggedleft,\rightskip,\rm,\sc}
+% \DoNotIndex{\setbox,\setcounter,\small,\space,\string,\strut}
+% \DoNotIndex{\strutbox}
+% \DoNotIndex{\thefootnote,\thispagestyle,\topmargin,\trivlist,\tt}
+% \DoNotIndex{\twocolumn,\typeout,\vss,\vtop,\xdef,\z@}
+% \DoNotIndex{\,,\@bsphack,\@esphack,\@noligs,\@vobeyspaces,\@xverbatim}
+% \DoNotIndex{\`,\catcode,\end,\escapechar,\frenchspacing,\glossary}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hfil,\hfill,\hskip,\hspace,\ht,\it,\langle}
+% \DoNotIndex{\leaders,\long,\makelabel,\marginpar,\markboth,\mathcode}
+% \DoNotIndex{\mathsurround,\mbox,\newcount,\newdimen,\newskip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\nopagebreak}
+% \DoNotIndex{\parfillskip,\parindent,\parskip,\penalty,\raise,\rangle}
+% \DoNotIndex{\section,\setlength,\TeX,\topsep,\underline,\unskip,\verb}
+% \DoNotIndex{\vskip,\vspace,\widetilde,\\,\%,\@date,\@defpar}
+% \DoNotIndex{\[,\{,\},\]}
+% \DoNotIndex{\count@,\ifnum,\loop,\today,\uppercase,\uccode}
+% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\tw@}
+% \DoNotIndex{\a,\b,\c,\d,\e,\f,\g,\h,\i,\j,\k,\l,\m,\n,\o,\p,\q}
+% \DoNotIndex{\r,\s,\t,\u,\v,\w,\x,\y,\z,\A,\B,\C,\D,\E,\F,\G,\H}
+% \DoNotIndex{\I,\J,\K,\L,\M,\N,\O,\P,\Q,\R,\S,\T,\U,\V,\W,\X,\Y,\Z}
+% \DoNotIndex{\1,\2,\3,\4,\5,\6,\7,\8,\9,\0}
+% \DoNotIndex{\!,\#,\$,\&amp;,\',\(,\),\+,\.,\:,\;,\&lt;,\=,\>,\?,\_}
+% \DoNotIndex{\discretionary,\immediate,\makeatletter,\makeatother}
+% \DoNotIndex{\meaning,\newenvironment,\par,\relax,\renewenvironment}
+% \DoNotIndex{\repeat,\scriptsize,\selectfont,\the,\undefined}
+% \DoNotIndex{\arabic,\do,\makeindex,\null,\number,\show,\write,\@ehc}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@author,\@ehc,\@ifstar,\@sanitize,\@title,\everypar}
+% \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage,\if@restonecol,\ifeof,\ifmmode}
+% \DoNotIndex{\lccode,\newtoks,\onecolumn,\openin,\p@,\SelfDocumenting}
+% \DoNotIndex{\settowidth,\@resetonecoltrue,\@resetonecolfalse,\bf}
+% \DoNotIndex{\clearpage,\closein,\lowercase,\@inlabelfalse}
+% \DoNotIndex{\selectfont,\mathcode,\newmathalphabet,\rmdefault}
+% \DoNotIndex{\bfdefault,\DeclareRobustCommand}
+</xsl:text>
+ <!-- add an entry for examples except those with spaces -->
+ <xsl:for-each-group select="//db:command
+ [not(@role)]
+ [not(contains(.,' ') or contains(.,'{'))]"
+ group-by="normalize-space(.)">
+ <xsl:text>% \DoNotIndex{\</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="current-grouping-key()"/>
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:for-each-group>
+ <xsl:for-each
+ select="/db:book/db:info/db:cover/db:constraintdef[@xml:id='startdoc']
+ /db:procedure/db:step[normalize-space(.)!='']
+ /db:cmdsynopsis/db:command">
+ <xsl:if test="contains(.,'@')">
+ <xsl:text>% \makeatletter&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>% </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="contains(.,'@')">
+ <xsl:text>% \makeatother&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <xsl:text>%&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <!-- now the fun starts -->
+ <xsl:apply-templates
+ select="db:book/db:info |
+ db:book/db:part[@xml:id='doc'] |
+ db:book/db:part[@xml:id='code'] |
+ db:book/db:part[@xml:id='files']"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:info/db:abstract">
+ <xsl:if test="db:title">
+ <xsl:text>% \renewcommand{\abstractname}{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title/node()"/>
+ <xsl:text>}\thispagestyle{empty}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>% \begin{abstract}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <!-- fix broken abstract when parskip is used
+ parskip is a default, so only do this when
+ it has been manually disabled -->
+ <xsl:if test="not(//db:constraintdef[@xml:id='docpackages']//
+ db:seglistitem/db:seg[.='parskip'][@condition='off'])">
+ <xsl:text>% \parskip=0.5\baselineskip
+% \advance\parskip by 0pt plus 2pt
+% \parindent=0pt</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>% \noindent&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>% \end{abstract}
+% \clearpage
+% \tableofcontents&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template name="readme">
+ <xsl:variable name="file">
+ <xsl:text>README</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:result-document format="textFormat" href="{$file}">
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="$readme/*" mode="readme"/>
+ </xsl:result-document>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template name="manifest">
+ <xsl:variable name="file">
+ <xsl:text>MANIFEST</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:result-document format="textFormat" href="{$file}">
+ <!-- these two files are always there -->
+ <xsl:text>README
+MANIFEST
+</xsl:text>
+ <!-- most of the rest: the .dtx and .ins files, the .pdf
+ documentation, and any ancillary files -->
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.dtx&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.ins&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.pdf&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$filetype"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <!-- add any extra files extracted from the .dtx file -->
+ <xsl:for-each select="/db:book/db:part[@xml:id='code']
+ /db:appendix[@xml:id and @xlink:href]
+ |
+ /db:book/db:part[@xml:id='files']
+ /db:chapter/db:programlisting">
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:href"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <!-- add any extra files listed in the .xml file -->
+ <xsl:for-each select="/db:book/db:info/db:cover
+ /db:constraintdef[@xml:id='manifest']
+ /db:simplelist/db:member[.!='']">
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <!-- add any secondary files generated -->
+ <!-- TODO -->
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:result-document>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- seglistitems containing the packages needed are passed here -->
+
+ <xsl:template name="packages">
+ <!-- packages are given as seglistitems -->
+ <xsl:param name="pkg"/>
+ <!-- documentation (dest=doc) or class/package (dest=cls/pkg) -->
+ <xsl:param name="dest"/>
+ <!-- know whether this is operating in deferred mode or not -->
+ <xsl:param name="mode">
+ <xsl:text></xsl:text>
+ </xsl:param>
+ <!--[DEFERRED] start the package documentation block-->
+ <xsl:if test="$mode='deferred'">
+ <xsl:text>% \begin{package}{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$pkg/db:seg"/>
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <!-- doc for cls/sty output to .dtx -->
+ <xsl:apply-templates
+ select="$prepost/db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']
+ /db:step[contains(@condition,$dest)]
+ [@remap=$pkg/db:seg]/db:para"/>
+ <xsl:if
+ test="count($prepost/db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']
+ /db:step[contains(@condition,$dest)]
+ [@remap=$pkg/db:seg]/db:para)=0">
+ <xsl:message>
+ <xsl:text>ADVISORY: Package </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$pkg/db:seg"/>
+ <xsl:text> for </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$filetype"/>
+ <xsl:text> has no documentation in prepost.xml</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:message>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- additional per-sty/cls documentation from the
+ maintained document (or if generated by autopackage) -->
+ <xsl:if test="@role">
+ <xsl:text>% </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@role)"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- repeat for embedded comment doc -->
+ <xsl:if test="count($prepost/db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']
+ /db:step[contains(@condition,$dest)]
+ [@remap=$pkg/db:seg]/db:para)>0">
+ <xsl:text>% \iffalse&#xa;%% &#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates
+ select="$prepost/db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']
+ /db:step[contains(@condition,$dest)]
+ [@remap=$pkg/db:seg]/db:para" mode="readme"/>
+ <xsl:text>% \fi&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>% \begin{macrocode}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- check if any special preprocessing is needed
+ for documentation packages out of prepost.xml
+ in the constraintdef element type -->
+ <xsl:for-each
+ select="$prepost/db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']
+ /db:step[contains(@condition,$dest)]
+ [@remap=$pkg/db:seg]
+ /db:constraintdef/db:cmdsynopsis/db:command">
+ <!-- checks for escaping internals only needed in doc mode -->
+ <xsl:if test="contains(.,'@') and $mode=''">
+ <xsl:text>\makeatletter&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- output any predefined commands -->
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <!-- [DEFERRED] add any comment from seg here
+ non-deferred comments get output *as* comments later
+ <xsl:if test="$pkg/db:seg/@role">
+ <xsl:text> (</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space($pkg/db:seg/@role)"/>
+ <xsl:text>)</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ -->
+ <!-- checks for escaping internals only needed in doc mode -->
+ <xsl:if test="contains(.,'@') and $mode=''">
+ <xsl:text>\makeatother&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <!-- decide on \usepackage (doc) or \RequirePackage (cls/sty) -->
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- [DEFERRED] just needs RequirePackage -->
+ <xsl:when test="$mode='deferred'">
+ <xsl:text>\RequirePackage</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- stypackages or clspackages in non-deferred mode
+ need armour and RequirePackage -->
+ <xsl:when test="$dest=$filetype">
+ <xsl:text>%&lt;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
+ <xsl:text>>\RequirePackage</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- otherwise it's plain \usepackage (for documentation) -->
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>\usepackage</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <!-- output package options in either case -->
+ <xsl:if test="$pkg/db:seg/@role
+ or
+ $prepost/db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']/
+ db:step[contains(@condition,$dest)]
+ [@remap=$pkg/db:seg]/@role">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- omit if role="" was specified -->
+ <xsl:when test="$pkg/db:seg/@role and $pkg/db:seg/@role=''">
+ <xsl:text></xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
+ <!-- try to deduplicate -->
+ <xsl:variable name="reqs">
+ <xsl:value-of select="$pkg/db:seg/@role"/>
+ <xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$prepost/db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']/
+ db:step[contains(@condition,$dest)]
+ [@remap=$pkg/db:seg]/@role"/>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:variable name="args">
+ <xsl:for-each select="tokenize(normalize-space($reqs),',')">
+ <arg>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ </arg>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:call-template name="rewrap">
+ <xsl:with-param name="text">
+ <xsl:for-each
+ select="$args/arg[.!=''][not(preceding-sibling::arg=.)]">
+ <xsl:if test="position()>1">
+ <xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:with-param>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- then the package name -->
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$pkg/db:seg"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <!-- and the version check, if any -->
+ <xsl:if test="$pkg/db:seg/@version">
+ <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="translate(substring($pkg/db:seg/@version,1,10),'-','/')"/>
+ <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- only append comment in non-deferred mode
+ [DEFERRED] ones were added earlier as text -->
+ <xsl:if test="$pkg/@role and $mode=''">
+ <xsl:text>% </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space($pkg/@role)"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <!-- check if any corresponding postprocessing is needed -->
+ <xsl:for-each
+ select="$prepost/db:procedure[@xml:id='postpackage']
+ /db:step[contains(@condition,$dest)]
+ [@remap=$pkg/db:seg]
+ /db:constraintdef/db:cmdsynopsis/db:command">
+ <xsl:if test="contains(.,'@') and $mode=''">
+ <xsl:text>\makeatletter&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="contains(.,'@') and $mode=''">
+ <xsl:text>\makeatother&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <!-- [DEFERRED] terminate the code and output any postpackage
+ documentation -->
+ <xsl:if test="$mode='deferred'">
+ <xsl:text>% \end{macrocode}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates
+ select="$prepost/db:procedure[@xml:id='postpackage']
+ /db:step[contains(@condition,$dest)]
+ [@remap=current()/db:seg]/para"/>
+ <xsl:text>% \end{package}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- now see if the package we are documenting needs itself
+ loading for the documentation (eg for examples)
+ (only applies in non-deferred mode) -->
+ <xsl:if test="$mode='' and
+ $dest='doc' and $doctype='package' and /db:book/@role">
+ <xsl:text>% \usepackage</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="/db:book/@role!=''">
+ <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@role"/>
+ <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>}% added by specification&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- rewrap designed for long options list in
+ \RequirePackage -->
+
+ <xsl:template name="rewrap">
+ <!-- text is a comma-separated vector or arguments -->
+ <xsl:param name="text"/>
+ <!-- maxlen is the max line length to output -->
+ <xsl:param name="maxlen">
+ <xsl:text>32</xsl:text>
+ <!-- maxlen becomes 50 after the first line -->
+ </xsl:param>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- if text is an overlong string but contains a comma -->
+ <xsl:when test="string-length($text)>$maxlen and
+ contains($text,',')">
+ <!-- see if there is a comma within the first $maxlen chars -->
+ <xsl:variable name="prelastcomma">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="contains(substring($text,1,$maxlen),',')">
+ <xsl:analyze-string select="substring($text,1,$maxlen)"
+ regex="^(.*)(,)([^,]*)$">
+ <xsl:matching-substring>
+ <xsl:value-of select="concat(regex-group(1),',')"/>
+ </xsl:matching-substring>
+ <xsl:non-matching-substring>
+ <xsl:text>ERROR FINDING COMMA IN SUBSTRING</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:non-matching-substring>
+ </xsl:analyze-string>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- No comma in range, test whole string -->
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:analyze-string select="$text"
+ regex="^(.*)(,)([^,]*)$">
+ <xsl:matching-substring>
+ <xsl:value-of select="concat(regex-group(1),',')"/>
+ </xsl:matching-substring>
+ <xsl:non-matching-substring>
+ <xsl:text>ERROR FINDING COMMA IN WHOLE STRING</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:non-matching-substring>
+ </xsl:analyze-string>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$prelastcomma"/>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- seems not to be needed -->
+ <xsl:when test="ancestor::db:constraintdef
+ [@xml:id=concat($filetype,'packages')]">
+ <!--
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;%&lt;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
+ <xsl:text>> </xsl:text>
+ -->
+ <xsl:text>&#xa; </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa; </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:call-template name="rewrap">
+ <xsl:with-param name="text"
+ select="normalize-space(substring-after($text,$prelastcomma))"/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="maxlen">
+ <xsl:text>50</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:with-param>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$text"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- cmdsynopses contain special defs for documentation -->
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:cmdsynopsis">
+ <xsl:if test="position()=1 and ../db:cmdsynopsis[contains(.,'@')]">
+ <xsl:text>\makeatletter&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- new \write files: new: no arg -->
+ <xsl:when test="db:command/@remap='newwrite'">
+ <xsl:text>\newwrite\</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:command"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- new counters -->
+ <xsl:when test="db:command/@remap='counter'">
+ <xsl:text>\newcounter{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:command"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="db:arg">
+ <xsl:text>\setcounter{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:command"/>
+ <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:arg"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- new lengths -->
+ <xsl:when test="db:command/@remap='length'">
+ <xsl:text>\newlength{\</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:command"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="db:arg">
+ <xsl:text>\setlength{\</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:command"/>
+ <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:arg"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- plain TeX commands -->
+ <xsl:when test="@xml:lang='TeX'">
+ <xsl:if test="@role='long'">
+ <xsl:text>\long</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>\def\</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:command"/>
+ <xsl:if test="db:arg/@wordsize">
+ <xsl:call-template name="repeatarg">
+ <xsl:with-param name="limit" select="db:arg/@wordsize"/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="prefix"
+ select="substring(db:arg/@annotations,1,
+ (string-length(db:arg/@annotations) div 2))"/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="suffix"
+ select="substring(db:arg/@annotations,
+ (string-length(db:arg/@annotations) div 2)+1)"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="db:arg/@remap">
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="/db:book/@*[name()=current()/db:arg/@remap]"/>
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>{%&#xa;&#9;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:arg"/>
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="db:command/@remap='environment'
+ and count(db:command/db:arg)=2">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="db:command/@role='renew'">
+ <xsl:text>\renewenvironment{</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>\newenvironment{</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:command"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <!-- number of arguments, if any -->
+ <xsl:if test="db:arg[1]/@wordsize">
+ <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:arg[1]/@wordsize"/>
+ <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>{%&#xa;&#9;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:arg[1]"/>
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>{%&#xa;&#9;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:arg[2]"/>
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- LaTeX commands -->
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="db:command/@role='renew'">
+ <xsl:text>\renewcommand{\</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>\newcommand{\</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:command"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <!-- number of arguments, if any -->
+ <xsl:if test="db:arg/@wordsize">
+ <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:arg/@wordsize"/>
+ <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="db:arg/@condition">
+ <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:arg/@condition"/>
+ <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- remap is a reference to an attribute of the root
+ element, eg arch means use @arch -->
+ <xsl:when test="db:arg/@remap">
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="/db:book/@*[name()=current()/db:arg/@remap]"/>
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>{%&#xa;&#9;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:arg"/>
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:if test="position()=last() and ../db:cmdsynopsis[contains(.,'@')]">
+ <xsl:text>\makeatother&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- for info, we omit the cover settings (done earlier)-->
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:info">
+ <xsl:message>
+ <!--
+ <xsl:text> on </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$host"/>
+ -->
+ <xsl:text>Creating </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
+ <xsl:text> '</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>' (v</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$version"/>
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$revision"/>
+ <xsl:text>) with checksum </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@security"/>
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:message>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:cover"/>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:info/db:title">
+ <!-- if this is a class, or a package which has not been
+ loaded in the documentation, ensure the \fileversion
+ and \filedate values are made available -->
+ <xsl:if test="/db:book/@arch='package' or
+ not(/db:book/@xlink:role)">
+ <xsl:text>% \def\fileversion{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@version"/>
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@revision"/>
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;% \def\filedate{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:for-each select="//db:info/db:revhistory/db:revision">
+ <xsl:sort select="@version" order="ascending"/>
+ <xsl:if test="position()=last()">
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="translate(db:date/@conformance,'-','/')"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>% \title{The </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text> \textsf{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>} \LaTeXe\ </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="$doctype='class'">
+ <xsl:text>document class</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>\thanks{%&#xa;% This document corresponds to \textsf{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;% \textit{v.}\ \fileversion, dated \filedate.}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:info/descendant::db:author/
+ db:contrib[@role='sponsor']">
+ <xsl:text>\enspace\thanks{%&#xa;% Development has been supported by </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:for-each
+ select="ancestor::db:info/descendant::db:author/
+ db:contrib[@role='sponsor']">
+ <xsl:if test="position()>1">
+ <xsl:text>, </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="position()=last()">
+ <xsl:text>and </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <xsl:text>.}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;% \\[1em]\Large &#xa;% </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:if test="following-sibling::db:subtitle[not(@role='labelonly')]">
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;% \\[1ex]\large &#xa;% </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="following-sibling::db:subtitle/node()"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:info/db:subtitle"/>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:info//db:author">
+ <xsl:if test="count(preceding-sibling::db:author)=0">
+ <xsl:text>% \author{</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:for-each select="db:personname/db:*">
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:if test="position()!=last()">
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="db:honorific | db:affiliation"/>
+ <xsl:if test="db:email">
+ <xsl:text>\\\normalsize(\url{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:email"/>
+ <xsl:text>})</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="following-sibling::db:author">
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;% \and&#xa;% </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;% \maketitle&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:honorific">
+ <xsl:text> \textsc{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="translate(.,
+ 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMN0PQRSTUVWXYZ',
+ 'abcdefghijklmn0pqrstuvwxyz')"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:affiliation">
+ <xsl:text>\\\normalsize </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:for-each select="db:*">
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ <!-- encapitalisation for Centre, Hospital, Unit, and Project -->
+ <xsl:if test="@remap">
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="translate(substring(@remap,1,1),'cuhp','CUHP')"/>
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring(@remap,2)"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="position()!=last()">
+ <xsl:text>\\[-.25ex]\normalsize </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:info/db:releaseinfo |
+ db:info/db:annotation |
+ db:info/db:revhistory |
+ db:info/db:copyright"/>
+
+ <!-- normal text -->
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:para">
+ <!-- include percent-space for the fake steps in prepost.xml -->
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="ancestor::db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage' or
+ @xml:id='postpackage']">
+ <xsl:text>% </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- omit for the first para in a list item -->
+ <xsl:when test="(parent::db:listitem or parent::db:step)
+ and count(preceding-sibling::db:para)=0">
+ <xsl:text></xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- omit for the first para in a table cell -->
+ <xsl:when test="parent::db:entry and position()=1">
+ <xsl:text></xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- otherwise include -->
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>% </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <!-- label it if necessary -->
+ <xsl:if test="@xml:id">
+ <xsl:text>\label{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- remap allows the bodging of (eg) font controls
+ to apply just to this paragraph -->
+ <xsl:if test="@remap">
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@remap"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- do it -->
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <!-- if this is in a list item, note, footnote, or blockquote
+ AND there are no more paragraphs to come,
+ THEN DO NOT OUTPUT ANYTHING because the container will
+ handle the closing syntax -->
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- no \par after sole or last para, just a CR -->
+ <xsl:when test="(parent::db:listitem or
+ parent::db:note or
+ parent::db:footnote or
+ parent::db:blockquote) and
+ not(following-sibling::db:para)">
+ <xsl:text></xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- OR, if this is the last or sole paragraph in an
+ auto-included documentation chunk in prepost.xml,
+ omit the \par -->
+ <xsl:when
+ test="(parent::db:step/parent::db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage'] or
+ parent::db:step/parent::db:procedure[@xml:id='postpackage'])
+ and not(following-sibling::db:para)">
+ <xsl:text></xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- otherwise it's the end of a paragraph, which we
+ make explicit, rather than rely on newlines -->
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>\par</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <!-- add punctuation if the sole or last in a list item,
+ only when needed,
+ ie if this para does NOT end with its own punctuation
+ and is not IMMEDIATELY followed by punctuation -->
+ <xsl:if test="parent::db:listitem
+ and
+ not(contains(',.;:!?',substring(normalize-space(.),
+ string-length(normalize-space(.)))))
+ and
+ not(contains(',.;:!?',substring(normalize-space((
+ ancestor::db:itemizedlist[1] |
+ ancestor::db:orderedlist[1] |
+ ancestor::db:variablelist[1])[1]/
+ following-sibling::node()[1]),1,1)))">
+ <!-- only add punct to last para in item -->
+ <xsl:if test="not(following-sibling::db:para)">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- add semicolon to all but last -->
+ <xsl:when test="parent::db:listitem/following-sibling::db:listitem">
+ <xsl:text>;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- add fullpoint to last except inline -->
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- terminate any font bodges -->
+ <xsl:if test="@remap">
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- in the case of notes, footnotes, and cell content
+ we don't even want a newline -->
+ <xsl:if test="not(parent::db:note or
+ parent::db:footnote or
+ parent::db:entry)">
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <!-- but we need a space after \par in the case of cell content -->
+ <xsl:if test="parent::db:entry">
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- inline documentation echo, except for footnotes, which
+ get done inline in db2plaintext.xsl -->
+ <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code'] and
+ not(parent::db:footnote)">
+ <xsl:text>% \iffalse&#xa;%% &#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="." mode="readme"/>
+ <xsl:text>% \fi&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:literal[not(@xml:lang='LaTeX')]">
+ <xsl:call-template name="avoidverb"/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:literal[@xml:lang='LaTeX']">
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:preface">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- formal prefaces get a title and a ToC entry -->
+ <xsl:when test="db:title">
+ <xsl:text>% \clearpage\section*{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title/node()"/>
+ <xsl:text>}\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title/node()"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- untitled ones don't -->
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>% \clearpage\null\vfill\begingroup\centering</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <!-- and a label if they have an ID -->
+ <xsl:if test="@xml:id">
+ <xsl:text>\label{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <!-- terminate the centering group for untitled prefaces -->
+ <xsl:if test="not(db:title)">
+ <xsl:text>% \par\endgroup\vfill&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:info/db:abstract/db:title |
+ db:preface/db:title |
+ db:preface/db:section/db:title |
+ db:chapter/db:title | db:chapter/db:subtitle |
+ db:chapter/db:sect1/db:title |
+ db:chapter//db:sect2/db:title |
+ db:chapter//db:sect3/db:title |
+ db:chapter//db:sect4/db:title |
+ db:appendix/db:title |
+ db:appendix/db:sect1/db:title |
+ db:appendix//db:sect2/db:title |
+ db:appendix//db:sect3/db:title |
+ db:appendix//db:sect4/db:title |
+ db:bibliography/db:title"/>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:part">
+ <!-- there are three possible parts: doc, code, and files -->
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- documentation -->
+ <xsl:when test="@xml:id='doc'">
+ <!-- iterate through commands and environment variables
+ to be referenced, in order of length, longest first -->
+ <xsl:for-each-group group-by="normalize-space(.)"
+ select="descendant::db:command
+ [@role and not(@xml:lang or
+ contains(.,'[') or contains(.,'{'))]
+ |
+ descendant::db:envar
+ [@role and not(@xml:lang or
+ contains(.,'[') or contains(.,'{'))]
+ |
+ descendant::db:tag[@role]
+ |
+ descendant::db:varname[@role]
+ |
+ descendant::db:classname[@role]
+ |
+ descendant::db:package[@role]
+ |
+ descendant::db:annotation/@xreflabel">
+ <!-- varname? -->
+ <xsl:sort select="string-length(current-grouping-key())"
+ data-type="number" order="descending"/>
+ <!-- only use the first one -->
+ <xsl:if test="position()=1">
+ <xsl:text>% \addtolength{\revmarg}{\widthof{\LabelFont{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="current-grouping-key()"/>
+ <xsl:text>}}}
+% \newgeometry{left=\revmarg}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:for-each-group>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- for the code part, start by terminating the userdoc -->
+ <xsl:when test="@xml:id='code'">
+ <xsl:text>% \StopEventually{\label{endcode}
+% \clearpage
+% \newgeometry{left=3cm}
+% \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Change History}
+% \label{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/db:info/db:revhistory/@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>}
+% \PrintChanges
+% \clearpage
+% \label{codeindex}
+% \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Index}
+% \PrintIndex}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <!-- iterate through commands and environment variables
+ to be referenced, in order of length, longest first -->
+ <xsl:for-each-group group-by="normalize-space(.)"
+ select="descendant::db:command
+ [@role and not(@xml:lang or
+ contains(.,'[') or contains(.,'{'))]
+ |
+ descendant::db:envar
+ [@role and not(@xml:lang or
+ contains(.,'[') or contains(.,'{'))]
+ |
+ descendant::db:tag[@role]
+ |
+ descendant::db:varname[@role]
+ |
+ descendant::db:classname[@role]
+ |
+ descendant::db:package[@role]
+ |
+ descendant::db:annotation/@xreflabel">
+ <!-- varname? -->
+ <xsl:sort select="string-length(current-grouping-key())"
+ data-type="number" order="descending"/>
+ <!-- only use the first one -->
+ <xsl:if test="position()=1">
+ <xsl:text>% \setlength{\revmarg}{1in}
+% \addtolength{\revmarg}{\widthof{\MacroFont{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="current-grouping-key()"/>
+ <xsl:text>}}}
+% \newgeometry{left=\revmarg}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:for-each-group>
+ <!-- The code part could be a monolith (no chapters)
+ so it would all be one <package> or <class>
+ But if (usually) it has chapters, the tags for the
+ primary output need to be set round the chapters,
+ and any appendices may be ancillary files -->
+ <xsl:if test="count(db:chapter)=0">
+ <!-- no chapters, so output start-tag now -->
+ <xsl:text>% \label{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>}
+% \iffalse
+%&lt;*</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
+ <xsl:text>>
+% \fi&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:if test="count(db:chapter)=0">
+ <!-- no chapters, so output end-tag now -->
+ <xsl:text>% \iffalse
+%&lt;/</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
+ <xsl:text>>
+% \fi&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- once the code has been done, and before any
+ standalone ancillary files are done,
+ output the Licence as an appendix -->
+ <xsl:if test="not(//db:appendix)">
+ <xsl:text>% \appendix&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>% \newgeometry{left=3cm}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="$licence"/>
+ <!-- finally, do any delayed-output extractable files from
+ the code part (these need no accompanying text as
+ they're just re-given here for extraction) -->
+ <xsl:for-each select="descendant::db:programlisting
+ [@xml:id and @xlink:show='new' and @xlink:href]">
+ <xsl:text>% \iffalse&#xa;%&lt;*</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:call-template name="lrtrim">
+ <xsl:with-param name="text" select="."/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;%&lt;/</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>>&#xa;% \fi&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- Part I page is generated by first chapter in part/@xml:id='doc'-->
+ <xsl:when test="@xml:id='files'">
+ <!-- output files that do not require pre/postamble here -->
+ <xsl:apply-templates mode="files"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- what other kind of part can there be? -->
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:if test="count(following-sibling::db:part)=0">
+ <xsl:text>% \Finale&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- TEXT -->
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:acknowledgements">
+ <xsl:text>% \subsection*{Acknowledgments}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@xml:id">
+ <xsl:text>\label{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:call-template name="checkpackages">
+ <xsl:with-param name="pos" select="'after'"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:chapter[not(@condition='draft')]">
+ <!-- only if it contains something -->
+ <xsl:if test="normalize-space(.)!=''">
+ <!-- output the start-tag if this is the first chapter -->
+ <xsl:if test="parent::db:part[@xml:id='code'] and
+ count(preceding-sibling::db:chapter)=0">
+ <xsl:text>% \iffalse
+%&lt;*</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
+ <xsl:text>>
+% \fi&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:call-template name="checkpackages">
+ <xsl:with-param name="pos" select="'before'"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ <xsl:text>% \clearpage&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>% \section</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="db:subtitle">
+ <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title/node()"/>
+ <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title/node()"/>
+ <xsl:if test="db:subtitle">
+ <xsl:text>~--- </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="db:subtitle/node()"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@xml:id">
+ <xsl:text>\label{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code']">
+ <xsl:text>% \iffalse&#xa;%% &#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title|db:subtitle" mode="readme"/>
+ <xsl:text>% \fi&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:call-template name="checkpackages">
+ <xsl:with-param name="pos" select="'after'"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- output the end-tag if this is the last chapter -->
+ <xsl:if test="parent::db:part[@xml:id='code'] and
+ count(following-sibling::db:chapter)=0">
+ <xsl:text>% \iffalse
+%&lt;/</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
+ <xsl:text>>
+% \fi&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:appendix">
+ <!-- only do appendices with content, and do not output any
+ programlisting code *as* code, only as documentation -->
+ <xsl:if test="normalize-space(.)!=''">
+ <!-- if this is the first appendix, issue the \appendix switch -->
+ <xsl:if test="count(preceding-sibling::db:appendix)=0">
+ <xsl:text>% \appendix&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- if this is a documented extractable *file*, tag it -->
+ <xsl:if test="parent::db:part[@xml:id='code']
+ and @xlink:href and @xml:id">
+ <xsl:text>% \iffalse
+%&lt;*</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>>
+% \fi&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- normal titling -->
+ <xsl:text>% \clearpage
+% \section{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title/node()"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@xml:id">
+ <xsl:text>\label{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code']">
+ <xsl:text>% \iffalse&#xa;%% &#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title|db:subtitle" mode="readme"/>
+ <xsl:text>% \fi&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- if this is documented extractable file, output an
+ identity -->
+ <xsl:if test="parent::db:part[@xml:id='code']
+ and @xlink:href and @xml:id">
+ <xsl:variable name="ext" select="substring-after(@xlink:href,'.')"/>
+ <xsl:if test="($ext='cls' or $ext='sty')
+ and not(@conformance='nointro')">
+ <xsl:text>% \begin{macrocode}&#xa;\NeedsTeXFormat{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@conformance"/>
+ <xsl:text>}[</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="translate(/db:book/@condition,'-','/')"/>
+ <xsl:text>]&#xa;\Provides</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="$ext='sty'">
+ <xsl:text>Package</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="$ext='cls'">
+ <xsl:text>Class</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring-before(@xlink:href,'.')"/>
+ <xsl:text>}[</xsl:text>
+ <!-- use the latest revision date as the distro date -->
+ <xsl:for-each select="/db:book/db:info/db:revhistory/db:revision">
+ <xsl:sort select="@version" order="ascending"/>
+ <xsl:if test="position()=last()">
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="translate(db:date/@conformance,'-','/')"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <xsl:text> v</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@version"/>
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@revision"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa; </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:variable name="title">
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(db:title)"/>
+ <xsl:if test="db:subtitle">
+ <xsl:text>: </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(db:subtitle)"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="contains($title,'\LaTeXe{}')">
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring-before($title,'\LaTeXe{}')"/>
+ <xsl:text>LaTeX2e</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring-after($title,'\LaTeXe{}')"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="contains($title,'\LaTeX{}')">
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring-before($title,'\LaTeX{}')"/>
+ <xsl:text>LaTeX</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring-after($title,'\LaTeX{}')"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="contains($title,'\TeX{}')">
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring-before($title,'\TeX{}')"/>
+ <xsl:text>TeX</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring-after($title,'\TeX{}')"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$title"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>]&#xa;% \end{macrocode}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:if test="@xlink:href and @xml:id">
+ <xsl:text>% \iffalse
+%&lt;/</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>>
+% \fi&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:sect1">
+ <xsl:if test="normalize-space(.)!=''">
+ <xsl:call-template name="checkpackages">
+ <xsl:with-param name="pos" select="'before'"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ <xsl:if test="@condition='newpage'">
+ <xsl:text>% \clearpage&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>% \subsection{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title/node()"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@xml:id">
+ <xsl:text>\label{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code']">
+ <xsl:text>% \iffalse&#xa;%% &#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title|db:subtitle" mode="readme"/>
+ <xsl:text>% \fi&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:call-template name="checkpackages">
+ <xsl:with-param name="pos" select="'after'"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:sect2">
+ <xsl:if test="normalize-space(.)!=''">
+ <xsl:call-template name="checkpackages">
+ <xsl:with-param name="pos" select="'before'"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ <xsl:text>% \subsubsection{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title/node()"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@xml:id">
+ <xsl:text>\label{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code']">
+ <xsl:text>% \iffalse&#xa;%% &#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title|db:subtitle" mode="readme"/>
+ <xsl:text>% \fi&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:call-template name="checkpackages">
+ <xsl:with-param name="pos" select="'after'"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:sect3">
+ <xsl:if test="normalize-space(.)!=''">
+ <xsl:call-template name="checkpackages">
+ <xsl:with-param name="pos" select="'before'"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ <xsl:text>% \paragraph{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title/node()"/>
+ <!--
+ <xsl:if test="not(contains(':–-—',substring(normalize-space(db:title),string-length(normalize-space(db:title)))))">
+ <xsl:text>&mdash;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ -->
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@xml:id">
+ <xsl:text>\label{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:call-template name="checkpackages">
+ <xsl:with-param name="pos" select="'after'"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:sect4">
+ <xsl:if test="normalize-space(.)!=''">
+ <xsl:call-template name="checkpackages">
+ <xsl:with-param name="pos" select="'before'"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ <xsl:text>% \subparagraph{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title/node()"/>
+ <xsl:if test="not(contains(':–-—',substring(normalize-space(db:title),string-length(normalize-space(db:title)))))">
+ <xsl:text>\thinspace:</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@xml:id">
+ <xsl:text>\label{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:call-template name="checkpackages">
+ <xsl:with-param name="pos" select="'after'"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template name="checkpackages">
+ <xsl:param name="pos"/>
+ <xsl:if test="/db:book/db:info/db:cover/db:constraintdef
+ [@xml:id='clspackages' or @xml:id='stypackages']
+ [@linkend=current()/@xml:id]
+ [@role=$pos or not(@role)]">
+ <xsl:variable name="gi" select="local-name()"/>
+ <xsl:text>%\iffalse
+%%
+%% Packages required
+%%
+% \fi
+% \</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="$gi='chapter' or $gi='appendix'">
+ <xsl:text>clearpage&#xa;% \section</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="$gi='sect1'">
+ <xsl:text>subsection</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="$gi='sect2'">
+ <xsl:text>subsubsection</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="$gi='sect3'">
+ <xsl:text>paragraph</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="$gi='sect4'">
+ <xsl:text>subparagraph</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:message>
+ <xsl:text>WARNING: </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$gi"/>
+ <xsl:text> is an unidentifiable place to declare packages</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:message>
+ <xsl:text>message{Unidentifiable place to declare packages}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="/db:book/db:info/db:cover
+ /db:constraintdef[@linkend=current()/@xml:id]
+ /db:segmentedlist/db:segtitle">
+ <xsl:apply-templates
+ select="/db:book/db:info/db:cover
+ /db:constraintdef[@linkend=current()/@xml:id]
+ /db:segmentedlist/db:segtitle/node()"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>Packages loaded</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>}\label{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="/db:book/db:info/db:cover
+ /db:constraintdef[@linkend=current()/@xml:id]
+ /@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:for-each
+ select="/db:book/db:info/db:cover
+ /db:constraintdef[@linkend=current()/@xml:id]
+ /db:segmentedlist/db:seglistitem[db:seg!='']">
+ <xsl:call-template name="packages">
+ <xsl:with-param name="pkg" select="."/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="dest" select="$filetype"/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="mode" select="'deferred'"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <xsl:text>% &#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="/db:book/db:info/db:cover
+ /db:constraintdef[@linkend=current()/@xml:id]
+ /@xml:id!='stypackages'
+ and
+ /db:book/db:info/db:cover
+ /db:constraintdef[@linkend=current()/@xml:id]
+ /@xml:id!='clspackages'">
+ <xsl:message>
+ <xsl:text>WARNING: these packages were listed in a </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$gi"/>
+ <xsl:text> element of the master document that was not flagged as belonging to this </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
+ <xsl:text> (xml:id="</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>").</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:message>
+ <xsl:text>% WARNING: these packages were listed in
+% a \verb`</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$gi"/>
+ <xsl:text>` of the master document that was not flagged
+% as belonging to this </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
+ <xsl:text> (\verb`xml:id="</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>"`).&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- section in prelims needs to be done as subsection -->
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:section">
+ <xsl:text>% \subsection*{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title/node()"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@xml:id">
+ <xsl:text>\label{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:blockquote">
+ <xsl:text>% \begin{quotation}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>\small\noindent&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:if test="@linkend">
+ <xsl:text>% \hfill\begingroup</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:call-template name="makeref"/>
+ <xsl:text>\parfillskip=0pt\par\endgroup&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>% \end{quotation}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:warning | db:sidebar">
+ <xsl:text>% \par\begingroup\fboxsep1em\centering&#xa;% \</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="name()='sidebar'">
+ <xsl:text>shadowbox</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="name()='warning'">
+ <xsl:text>fbox</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>{\begin{minipage}{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@wordsize">
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="number(substring-before(@wordsize,'%')) div 100"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>0.8</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>\columnwidth}\sffamily
+% \raggedright\parindent0pt\parskip=.5\baselineskip&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>% \end{minipage}}\par\endgroup&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:warning/db:title | db:sidebar/db:title">
+ <xsl:text>% \subsubsection*{\sffamily </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:sidebar/db:address">
+ <xsl:text>% \par\raggedleft </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>\par&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- main element for code fragment markup -->
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:annotation[@role and @role!='' and @xreflabel]
+ [not(@annotations)]">
+ <xsl:variable name="role" select="@role"/>
+ <xsl:text>% \begin{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$role"/>
+ <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="$role='macro' or $role='variable' or
+ $prepost//db:command[starts-with(.,'\doxitem')]
+ [contains(.,concat('{',$role,'}'))]
+ [contains(.,'macrolike')]">
+ <xsl:text>\</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xreflabel"/>
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>% \end{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$role"/>
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- pull option declaration data from spec tree -->
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:annotation[@annotations]">
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:variable name="college" select="tokenize(@audience,' ')"/>
+ <xsl:variable name="canopy"
+ select="//db:part[@xml:id='data']
+ //db:constraintdef[@xml:id=current()/@annotations]"/>
+ <xsl:for-each select="$college">
+ <xsl:variable name="item" select="."/>
+ <xsl:text>% \subsubsection{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="translate(.,
+ 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz',
+ 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ')"/>
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates mode="declareoption"
+ select="$canopy
+ //db:methodsynopsis[tokenize(@arch,' ')=$item]">
+ </xsl:apply-templates>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:annotation/db:title">
+ <xsl:text>% \subsection{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:methodsynopsis" mode="declareoption">
+ <!-- make a low-level title -->
+ <xsl:text>% \paragraph{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="normalize-space(db:methodparam[last()]/db:parameter)"/>
+ <!-- start a Code block for the option -->
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;% \begin{option}{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;% </xsl:text>
+ <!-- now the descriptive text as a paragraph -->
+ <!-- multiple parameters only for divisions, not degrees -->
+ <!-- in document order, which is hierarchical top-down -->
+ <xsl:for-each select="db:methodparam/db:parameter">
+ <xsl:sort select="position()" order="descending"/>
+ <xsl:if test="position()>1">
+ <xsl:text> in </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ <xsl:if test="not(@role='degree')">
+ <xsl:text> (</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@role"/>
+ <xsl:text>)</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <xsl:text>; </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="not(db:methodparam/db:parameter/@role='degree')">
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;% using the </xsl:text>
+ <!-- langs in methodsynopsis/@xml:lang for babel -->
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(db:methodname)"/>
+ <xsl:text> citation format&#xa;% from the \verb`</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:methodparam[1]/db:initializer"/>
+ <xsl:text>.bst` \BibTeX\ style</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="db:methodparam[1]/db:modifier">
+ <xsl:text> with the </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:for-each select="db:methodparam[1]/db:modifier">
+ <xsl:if test="preceding-sibling::db:modifier">
+ <xsl:text> and </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>\textsf{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <xsl:text> package</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="count(db:methodparam[1]/db:modifier)>1">
+ <xsl:text>s</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="contains(@xlink:href,'@')">
+ <xsl:text> (confirmed by \url{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:href"/>
+ <xsl:text>})</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text> (unconfirmed)</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- followed by the actual code for the declared option -->
+ <xsl:text>.&#xa;% \begin{macrocode}&#xa;\DeclareOption{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>}{%&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <!-- order doesn't matter here, but the line length does (maxcodelen) -->
+ <xsl:for-each select="db:methodparam/db:parameter">
+ <xsl:text> \</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@role"/>
+ <xsl:if test="@remap=''">
+ <xsl:text>[]</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <!-- no more test for length to break if needed: too complex
+ <xsl:call-template name="breakline">
+ <xsl:with-param name="string" select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ </xsl:call-template> -->
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <xsl:if test="db:methodparam[1]/db:modifier or
+ db:methodparam[1]/db:initializer">
+ <xsl:text> \@usebib</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="db:methodparam[1]/db:modifier">
+ <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:for-each select="db:methodparam[1]/db:modifier">
+ <xsl:if test="position()>1">
+ <xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:methodparam[1]/db:initializer"/>
+ <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:methodname"/>
+ <xsl:text>}{}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- dept-specific languages one day
+ <xsl:if test="@xml:lang">
+ <xsl:text> \use@babel[</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="translate(normalize-space(@xml:lang),' ',',')"/>
+ <xsl:text>]{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>english</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:variable name="langsused">
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@xml:lang)"/>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:if test="@audience">
+ <xsl:for-each select="tokenize(@audience,' ')">
+ <xsl:variable name="curtok" select="position()"/>
+ <xsl:text> \def\</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="upper-case(.)"/>
+ <xsl:text>{\foreignlanguage{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="tokenize($langsused,' ')[position()=$curtok]"/>
+ <xsl:text>}}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:if>
+-->
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{option}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template name="breakline">
+ <xsl:param name="string"/>
+ <xsl:param name="max">
+ <xsl:value-of select="$maxcodelen"/>
+ </xsl:param>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="string-length($string)>$max">
+ <!-- see if there is a substring that will fit -->
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- if there are no spaces, we're stuck, so use it as-is -->
+ <xsl:when test="not(contains($string,' '))">
+ <xsl:value-of select="$string"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- if the first substring will fit, output it and try again -->
+ <xsl:when
+ test="string-length(substring-before($string,' '))&lt;=$max">
+ <xsl:value-of select="$max"/>
+ <xsl:text>/</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="string-length(substring-before($string,' '))"/>
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring-before($string,' ')"/>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <!-- see how much we have left -->
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when
+ test="($max - 1 -
+ string-length(substring-before($string,' ')))
+ &lt;
+ string-length(substring-before(
+ substring-after($string,' '), ' '))">
+ <xsl:text>&#xa; </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:call-template name="breakline">
+ <xsl:with-param name="string"
+ select="substring-after($string,' ')"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:call-template name="breakline">
+ <xsl:with-param name="string"
+ select="substring-after($string,' ')"/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="max"
+ select="$max - 1 -
+ string-length(substring-before($string,' '))"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:when>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$string"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:remark">
+ <xsl:text>% \iffalse
+%% v</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@version"/>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@revision">
+ <xsl:value-of select="translate(@revision,'-','/')"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="translate(
+ //db:revhistory/db:revision[@version=current()/@version]
+ /db:date/@conformance,'-','/')"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;% \fi&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>% \changes{v</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@version"/>
+ <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@revision">
+ <xsl:value-of select="translate(@revision,'-','/')"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="translate(
+ //db:revhistory/db:revision[@version=current()/@version]
+ /db:date/@conformance,'-','/')"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- programlisting is what produces nicely-typeset code -->
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:programlisting">
+ <!-- this references @remap, @xreflabel, @xml:id, @condition,
+ @xlink:href, @startinglinenumber, @continuation, @wordsize,
+ @language, @arch, @annotations, @role, xlink:show -->
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- 1. SPECIAL USE IN GENERATING DTX MACROCODE:
+ this occurs only in the "code" section of a
+ classpack document where the code is unadorned -->
+ <xsl:when test="(parent::annotation[@xreflabel]
+ or ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code'])
+ and not(@condition='ignore')">
+ <xsl:text>% \begin{macrocode}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <!-- note any fragments required as external files
+ specified in the 'code' part get output as extractables
+ at the end of the dtx file, as separate tagging can't
+ be nested inside class or package tags -->
+ <xsl:call-template name="lrtrim">
+ <xsl:with-param name="text" select="."/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;% \end{macrocode}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- 2. INTERPRETABLE FORMATS IN DOCUMENTATION
+ (embedded markup) -->
+ <xsl:when test="db:token or db:xref">
+ <xsl:text>% \iffalse
+%&lt;*ignore>
+% \fi
+% \begin{Verbatim}[frame=single,framesep=1em,fontsize=\small,commandchars=\\\{\}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@xml:id and @role">
+ <xsl:text>,label=</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>,title={</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@role)"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>]&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;% \end{Verbatim}
+% \iffalse
+%&lt;/ignore>
+% \fi&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- 3. EXAMPLE USE IN CODE,
+ not for absorption into the package -->
+ <xsl:when test="@condition='ignore'">
+ <!--
+ <xsl:call-template name="makelisting"/>
+ -->
+ <xsl:text>% \iffalse
+%&lt;*ignore>
+% \fi
+% \begin{Verbatim}[frame=single,framesep=1em,fontsize=\small]&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ <xsl:text>
+% \end{Verbatim}
+% \iffalse
+%&lt;/ignore>
+% \fi&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- 4. OTHERWISE UNADORNED USE IN DOCUMENTATION,
+ but allows use of userinput -->
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:call-template name="makelisting"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- named template to handle listings called at various points -->
+
+ <xsl:template name="makelisting">
+ <!-- context is a programlisting element type -->
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- read lines from external file -->
+ <xsl:when test="@xlink:href">
+ <xsl:text>% \lstinputlisting[firstline=</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@startinglinenumber">
+ <xsl:value-of select="@startinglinenumber"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>1</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:if test="@endinglinenumber">
+ <xsl:text>,lastline=</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@endinglinenumber"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- rest of settings are picked up after the begin/end type -->
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- otherwise do a begin and end -->
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>% \iffalse
+%&lt;*ignore>
+% \fi&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>\begin{lstlisting}[</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <!-- now pick the parameters needed:
+ basicstyle=\footnotesize\color{Black}\ttfamily
+ and a lot else pre-set from prepost.xml configurations
+ but the wordsize attribute can be used to change
+ the font size (either a size and baseline separated
+ by a slash, eg 12/14) or the whole basicstyle
+ definition -->
+ <xsl:if test="@xlink:href">
+ <xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="@wordsize">
+ <xsl:text>basicstyle=</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="contains(@wordsize,'/')">
+ <xsl:text>\fontsize{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring-before(@wordsize,'/')"/>
+ <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring-after(@wordsize,'/')"/>
+ <xsl:text>}\selectfont</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@wordsize"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>\color{Black}\ttfamily,</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- set the language -->
+ <xsl:text>language=</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@language='LaTeX' or not(@language)">
+ <xsl:text>{[LaTeX]TeX}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="@language='DocBook'">
+ <xsl:text>{[DocBook]XML}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@language"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <!-- default is unframed -->
+ <xsl:if test="@arch='framed'">
+ <xsl:text>,frame=single,framesep=1em</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- remap for emphases and options -->
+ <xsl:if test="@remap">
+ <xsl:text>,emphstyle=</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@remap"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="@annotations or db:userinput">
+ <xsl:text>,emph={</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@annotations"/>
+ <xsl:if test="db:userinput">
+ <xsl:for-each select="db:userinput">
+ <xsl:if
+ test="not(preceding-sibling::db:userinput[.=current()/.])">
+ <xsl:if test="(position()=1 and ../@annotations)
+ or position()&gt;1">
+ <xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- label -->
+ <xsl:if test="@xml:id">
+ <xsl:text>,label=</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
+ <!-- end of settings -->
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- for an included file, here's the filename -->
+ <xsl:when test="@xlink:href">
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:href"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- otherwise we need the newline -->
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <!-- output the content -->
+ <xsl:call-template name="lrtrim">
+ <xsl:with-param name="text" select="."/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="indent">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="contains(.,'\end{lstlisting}') or
+ contains(.,'\end{verbatim}') or
+ contains(.,'\end{Verbatim}')">
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text></xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:with-param>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;\end{lstlisting}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>% \iffalse
+%&lt;/ignore>
+% \fi&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:userinput[not(parent::db:programlisting)]">
+ <xsl:text>\emph{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template name="htrim">
+ <xsl:param name="text"/>
+ <xsl:variable name="TEXT" select="translate($text,'&#x9;',' ')"/>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="contains($TEXT,' ')">
+ <xsl:call-template name="htrim">
+ <xsl:with-param name="text">
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring-before($TEXT,' ')"/>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring-after($TEXT,' ')"/>
+ </xsl:with-param>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="contains($TEXT,'&#xa; ')">
+ <xsl:call-template name="htrim">
+ <xsl:with-param name="text">
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring-before($TEXT,'&#xa; ')"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring-after($TEXT,'&#xa; ')"/>
+ </xsl:with-param>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$TEXT"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template name="lrtrim">
+ <xsl:param name="text"/>
+ <xsl:param name="indent"/>
+ <xsl:variable name="extent" select="string-length($text)"/>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- text in programlisting amost always begins with a newline,
+ the one that comes right after <programlisting>, so remove
+ it. This used to remove leading space and TAB characters,
+ but that's wrong.
+ substring($text,1,1)=' ' or or
+ substring($text,1,1)='&#x9;'
+ -->
+ <xsl:when test="substring($text,1,1)='&#xa;'">
+ <xsl:call-template name="lrtrim">
+ <xsl:with-param name="text" select="substring($text,2)"/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="indent" select="$indent"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- then trim trailing white-space. This is right -->
+ <xsl:when test="substring($text,$extent)=' ' or
+ substring($text,$extent)='&#xa;' or
+ substring($text,$extent)='&#x9;'">
+ <xsl:call-template name="lrtrim">
+ <xsl:with-param name="text"
+ select="substring($text,1,($extent - 1))"/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="indent" select="$indent"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- now we're clean, but we need to paste on any indent
+ passed by the calling routine, usually to avoid trouble
+ with documentation the references \end{lstlisting} or
+ \end{verbatim} within the text of the verbatim block -->
+ <xsl:when test="$indent!=''">
+ <xsl:call-template name="addindent">
+ <xsl:with-param name="text" select="$text"/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="indent" select="$indent"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$text"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template name="addindent">
+ <xsl:param name="text"/>
+ <xsl:param name="indent"/>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$indent"/>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="contains($text,'&#xa;')">
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring-before($text,'&#xa;')"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:call-template name="addindent">
+ <xsl:with-param name="text" select="substring-after($text,'&#xa;')"/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="indent" select="$indent"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$text"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- tables and figures -->
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:table">
+ <xsl:text>% \begin{table}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@floatstyle">
+ <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@floatstyle"/>
+ <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>\small\sffamily&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:if test="db:textobject[@role='footer']">
+ <xsl:text>% \par\bigskip\footnotesize&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="db:textobject[@role='footer']/*"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>% \end{table}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:table/db:textobject[@role='footer']"/>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:table/db:title | db:figure/db:title">
+ <xsl:text>% \caption{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="../@xml:id">
+ <xsl:text>\label{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="../@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>\medskip&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:informaltable">
+ <xsl:text>% \par\medskip{\sffamily\small</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@xml:id">
+ <xsl:text>\label{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>% }&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:tgroup">
+ <xsl:text>% \begingroup</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="parent::db:table/@remap"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;% \centering&#xa;% \begin{tabular}{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@tgroupstyle='overhang'">
+ <xsl:text></xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>@{}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>%&#xa;% &#x9;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:for-each select="db:colspec">
+ <xsl:call-template name="colprefix"/>
+ <xsl:call-template name="colsettings"/>
+ <xsl:call-template name="colsuffix"/>
+ <xsl:text>%&#xa;% &#x9;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@tgroupstyle='overhang'">
+ <xsl:text></xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>@{}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="db:thead"/>
+ <xsl:if test="not(db:thead)">
+ <xsl:text>% \hline&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="db:tbody"/>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="db:tfoot"/>
+ <xsl:text>% \end{tabular}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <!-- fake footnotes -->
+ <xsl:if test="starts-with(db:tbody/@xlink:href,'affil') and
+ count(//db:part[@xml:id='data']
+ //db:constraintdef[@xml:id=
+ concat(substring-before(current()/db:tbody/@xlink:href,'-'),'options')]
+ /db:methodsynopsis[tokenize(@arch,' ')=
+ substring-after(current()/db:tbody/@xlink:href,'-')]
+ [db:modifier])>0">
+ <xsl:text>% \scriptsize
+% \renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\itshape\alph{enumi}\upshape)}
+% \begin{enumerate}[noitemsep]&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:for-each
+ select="//db:part[@xml:id='data']
+ //db:constraintdef[@xml:id=
+ concat(substring-before(current()/db:tbody/@xlink:href,'-'),'options')]
+ /db:methodsynopsis[tokenize(@arch,' ')=
+ substring-after(current()/db:tbody/@xlink:href,'-')]
+ /db:modifier">
+ <xsl:text>% \item The \texttt{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="../@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>} option </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <xsl:text>% \end{enumerate}
+% \setcounter{fnote}{0}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>% \par\endgroup&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:colspec"/>
+
+ <xsl:template name="colprefix">
+ <!-- @colwidth in <colspec>
+ @wordsize in <entry>, here and below -->
+ <xsl:if test="@condition or @colwidth or @wordsize">
+ <xsl:text>>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@align='left' and (@colwidth or @wordsize)">
+ <xsl:text>\raggedright{}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="@align='right' and (@colwidth or @wordsize)">
+ <xsl:text>\raggedleft{}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="@align='center'">
+ <xsl:text>\centering{}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- default is justified anyway, and char is inapplicable -->
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <!-- condition is for typographic changes -->
+ <xsl:value-of select="@condition"/>
+ <xsl:text>\prestrut</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@align and (@colwidth or @wordsize or @condition)">
+ <xsl:text>\arraybackslash</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template name="colsettings">
+ <!-- this is the type of column (p|m|b) and width -->
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@colwidth or @wordsize">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@char='m' or @char='b'">
+ <xsl:value-of select="@char"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>p</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:variable name="width" select="@colwidth | @wordsize"/>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="contains($width,'%')">
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="number(substring-before($width,'%')) div 100"/>
+ <xsl:text>\columnwidth</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$width"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@align='left' or @align='right' or @align='center'">
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring(@align,1,1)"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="@align='char'">
+ <xsl:text>d</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- justified is implied by @colwidth or @wordsize above -->
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template name="colsuffix">
+ <xsl:text>&lt;{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@conformance)"/>
+ <xsl:text>\poststrut\arraybackslash}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:thead">
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>[2pt]\hline&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:tbody">
+ <xsl:text>% </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="not(db:row[1]/db:entry[1]/@spanname)">
+ <xsl:text>\vstrut</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- eg, xlink:href='deg-acsss' -->
+ <xsl:when test="@xlink:href and @xlink:show='embed'">
+ <xsl:apply-templates
+ select="//db:part[@xml:id='data']
+ //db:constraintdef[@xml:id=
+ concat(substring-before(current()/@xlink:href,'-'),'options')]
+ /db:methodsynopsis
+ [tokenize(@arch,' ')=substring-after(current()/@xlink:href,'-')]" mode="row">
+ <xsl:sort select="@xml:id"/>
+ </xsl:apply-templates>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:methodsynopsis" mode="row">
+ <!-- each of these produces one row of the table -->
+ <xsl:text>% </xsl:text>
+ <!-- signal a footnote if needed -->
+ <xsl:if test="db:modifier">
+ <xsl:text>\fnote{}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- col 1: token for option -->
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>&amp;%&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <!-- col 2: division[s], may be multiple methodparam elements -->
+ <xsl:for-each select="db:methodparam/db:parameter">
+ <xsl:text>%&#x9;</xsl:text>
+ <!-- @remap is a prefix except for institutes and centres -->
+ <xsl:if test="not(@remap='') and @role!='institute' and @role!='centre'">
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@remap)"/>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- the name -->
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <!-- @remap is a suffix for institutes and centres -->
+ <xsl:if test="not(@remap='') and (@role='institute' or @role='centre')">
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@remap)"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- any following divisions involved (only for affiliations) -->
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="position()!=last()">
+ <xsl:text>; </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- dummy to terminate degree options cleanly -->
+ <xsl:when test="@role='degree'">
+ <xsl:text></xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>&amp;%&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <!-- citation format -->
+ <xsl:if test="not(db:methodparam/db:parameter/@role='degree')">
+ <xsl:text>%&#x9;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:methodname"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>\\\hline[.1pt]%&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:row">
+ <xsl:text>% </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@role='header'">
+ <xsl:if test="position()>1">
+ <xsl:text>[2pt]\hline&#xa;% </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>\\</xsl:text>
+ <!--
+ <xsl:if test="position()=last()">
+ <xsl:text>[2pt]</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ -->
+ <xsl:if test="@role='header'">
+ <xsl:text>[2pt]\hline\vstrut</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="(ancestor::db:tbody or ancestor::db:tfoot)
+ and position()=last()">
+ <xsl:text>[2pt]\hline</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="not(ancestor::db:thead)">
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:entry[ancestor::db:thead or ancestor::db:tfoot]">
+ <xsl:if test="preceding-sibling::db:entry">
+ <xsl:text>&amp;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- always make headers paragraphic, which means \multicolumn{1}...
+ because we don't know how they need to be formatted -->
+ <xsl:text>\multicolumn{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@spanname">
+ <xsl:value-of select="@spanname"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>1</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
+ <!-- omit LH shoulder on first column -->
+ <xsl:if test="count(preceding-sibling::db:entry)=0">
+ <xsl:text>@{}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- if alignment or width is specified in the heading cell,
+ use local settings, honouring local prefix/suffix -->
+ <xsl:when test="@align or @colwidth">
+ <xsl:call-template name="colprefix"/>
+ <xsl:call-template name="colsettings"/>
+ <xsl:call-template name="colsuffix"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- otherwise use the column default,
+ but use local prefix/suffix by preference -->
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <!-- identify the column number -->
+ <xsl:variable name="colpos"
+ select="count(preceding-sibling::db:entry) + 1"/>
+ <!-- test for the prefix -->
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when
+ test="ancestor::db:tgroup/db:colspec[position()=$colpos]/@condition
+ or
+ ancestor::db:tgroup/db:colspec[position()=$colpos]/@colwidth
+ or
+ ancestor::db:tgroup/db:colspec[position()=$colpos]/@wordsize">
+ <xsl:for-each
+ select="ancestor::db:tgroup/db:colspec[position()=$colpos]">
+ <xsl:call-template name="colprefix"/>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:call-template name="colprefix"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <!-- switch context to the colspec to get the settings -->
+ <xsl:for-each
+ select="ancestor::db:tgroup/db:colspec[position()=$colpos]">
+ <xsl:call-template name="colsettings"/>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <!-- test for the suffix -->
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when
+ test="ancestor::db:tgroup/db:colspec[position()=$colpos]/@condition
+ or
+ ancestor::db:tgroup/db:colspec[position()=$colpos]/@colwidth
+ or
+ ancestor::db:tgroup/db:colspec[position()=$colpos]/@wordsize">
+ <xsl:for-each
+ select="ancestor::db:tgroup/db:colspec[position()=$colpos]">
+ <xsl:call-template name="colsuffix"/>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:call-template name="colsuffix"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:if test="count(following-sibling::db:entry)=0">
+ <xsl:text>@{}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>}{\sffamily\bfseries </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:entry[ancestor::db:tbody]">
+ <xsl:if test="preceding-sibling::db:entry">
+ <xsl:text>&amp;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="@spanname">
+ <xsl:text>\multicolumn{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@spanname"/>
+ <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="count(preceding-sibling::db:entry)=0">
+ <xsl:text>@{}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- if alignment or width is specified,
+ use local settings -->
+ <xsl:when test="@align or @wordsize">
+ <xsl:call-template name="colprefix"/>
+ <xsl:call-template name="colsettings"/>
+ <xsl:call-template name="colsuffix"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- otherwise use default,
+ but check local pre and post -->
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:call-template name="colprefix"/>
+ <xsl:variable name="colpos"
+ select="count(preceding-sibling::db:entry) + 1"/>
+ <xsl:for-each
+ select="ancestor::db:tbody/db:colspec[position()=$colpos]">
+ <xsl:call-template name="colsettings"/>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <xsl:call-template name="colsuffix"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:if test="count(following-sibling::db:entry)=0">
+ <xsl:text>@{}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- check for hangouts -->
+ <xsl:if test="@annotations">
+ <xsl:text>\llap{\normalfont </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@annotations"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- text for headers is in bold -->
+ <xsl:if test="../@role='header'">
+ <xsl:text>\vstrut\bfseries </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- check for row-spanned brace-collected -->
+ <xsl:if test="@morerows">
+ <xsl:if test="@charoff and @char">
+ <xsl:text>\llap{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@char"/>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@morerows"/>
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@charoff"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>}%&#xa;% &#x9;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>\multirow{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@morerows"/>
+ <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@wordsize"/>
+ <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- now we're in the content at last -->
+ <xsl:if test="@condition">
+ <xsl:value-of select="@condition"/>
+ <xsl:text>{}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- mldr &#x2026; on its own (\dotfill) needs a \hbox -->
+ <xsl:when test=".='\dotfill{}' and @wordsize">
+ <xsl:text>\hbox to </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@wordsize"/>
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:if test="@morerows">
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="@spanname">
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:figure">
+ <xsl:if test="@floatstyle='p' and
+ descendant::db:imagedata[@format='pdf' and @condition]">
+ <xsl:text>% \clearpage&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>% \begin{figure}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@floatstyle">
+ <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@floatstyle"/>
+ <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>\small\sffamily\centering&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>% \end{figure}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@floatstyle='p' and
+ descendant::db:imagedata[@format='pdf' and @condition]">
+ <xsl:text>% \clearpage&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:informalfigure">
+ <xsl:text>% \begin{center}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>% \end{center}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:figure/db:mediaobject |
+ db:informalfigure/db:mediaobject">
+ <xsl:if test="@role='framed'">
+ <xsl:text>% \fbox{\vbox{%
+% \advance\hsize by-2\fboxsep\advance\hsize by-2\fboxrule&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:if test="@role='framed'">
+ <xsl:text>% }}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:imageobject">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- detect a previous image -->
+ <xsl:when test="preceding-sibling::*[1][local-name()='imageobject']">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@dir='ltr'">
+ <xsl:text>% \quad\vrule\quad&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>% \\&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text></xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:imagedata">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@align='center'">
+ <xsl:text>% \centering&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="@align='right'">
+ <xsl:text>% \flushright&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:if test="@arch='framed'">
+ <xsl:text>% \fbox{%&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@fileref">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@format='pdf' and @condition">
+ <xsl:text>% \includepdf</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>% \includegraphics</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@condition">
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@condition)"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="@width">
+ <xsl:text>width=</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="contains(@width,'%')">
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="number(substring-before(@width,'%')) div 100"/>
+ <xsl:text>\columnwidth</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@width"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="@depth">
+ <xsl:text>height=</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="contains(@depth,'%')">
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="number(substring-before(@depth,'%')) div 100"/>
+ <xsl:text>\textheight</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@depth"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>width=\columnwidth</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@fileref"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="@remap">
+ <xsl:text>% </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@condition">
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@condition)"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@remap"/>
+ <xsl:if test="@condition">
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>IMAGE</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:if test="@arch='framed'">
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- lists -->
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:itemizedlist">
+ <xsl:text>% \begin{itemize}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@spacing='compact'">
+ <xsl:text>[noitemsep]</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>% \end{itemize}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:orderedlist/db:title |
+ db:procedure/db:title |
+ db:simplelist[@arch='enumerate']/db:title"/>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:orderedlist |
+ db:procedure |
+ db:simplelist[@arch='enumerate']">
+ <xsl:variable name="armour">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="parent::db:para">
+ <xsl:text></xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>%</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <!-- check format for twocol wrapper -->
+ <xsl:if test="@role='twocol'">
+ <xsl:value-of select="$armour"/>
+ <xsl:text> \begin{multicols}{2}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="db:title">
+ <xsl:value-of select="$armour"/>
+ <xsl:text> \noindent\textbf{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title/node()"/>
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="@xml:id">
+ <xsl:value-of select="$armour"/>
+ <xsl:text> \label{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$armour"/>
+ <xsl:text> \begin{enumerate</xsl:text>
+ <!-- check spacing -->
+ <xsl:if test="parent::db:para">
+ <xsl:text>*</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="parent::db:para
+ or
+ (@linkend and
+ preceding::db:orderedlist[@xml:id=current()/@linkend])
+ or
+ @spacing='compact' or local-name()='simplelist'
+ or
+ @startingnumber">
+ <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
+ <!-- test inline -->
+ <xsl:if test="parent::db:para">
+ <xsl:text>label=\emph{\alph*})</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- test resumption -->
+ <xsl:if test="@linkend and
+ preceding::db:orderedlist[@xml:id=current()/@linkend]">
+ <xsl:if test="parent::db:para">
+ <xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>resume</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- check spacing -->
+ <xsl:if test="@spacing='compact' or local-name()='simplelist'">
+ <xsl:if test="parent::db:para or
+ (@linkend and
+ preceding::db:orderedlist[@xml:id=current()/@linkend])">
+ <xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>noitemsep</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- check numbering -->
+ <xsl:if test="@startingnumber">
+ <xsl:if test="parent::db:para or
+ (@linkend and
+ preceding::db:orderedlist[@xml:id=current()/@linkend])
+ or @spacing='compact' or local-name()='simplelist'">
+ <xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>start=</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@startingnumber"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- do list -->
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <!-- no withdrawal of armour needed for inline list termination
+ because the end of a lit item para will have created a newline -->
+ <xsl:text>% \end{enumerate</xsl:text>
+ <!-- check spacing -->
+ <xsl:if test="parent::db:para">
+ <xsl:text>*</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="not(parent::db:para)">
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- check format -->
+ <xsl:if test="@role='twocol'">
+ <xsl:text>% \end{multicols}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:variablelist">
+ <xsl:text>% \begin{description}[style=unboxed</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@spacing='compact'">
+ <xsl:text>,noitemsep</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>]&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>% \end{description}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:simplelist[@role='twocol']">
+ <xsl:text>% \begin{multicols}{2}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@xreflabel">
+ <xsl:text>[\paragraph*{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@xreflabel)"/>
+ <xsl:text>}]</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>\begin{itemize}[noitemsep]&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>% \end{itemize}
+% \end{multicols}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:type[@role='font']">
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@arch">
+ <xsl:text>\fontencoding{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="upper-case(@arch)"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="@remap">
+ <!-- special cases -->
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@remap='sans'">
+ <xsl:text>\sffamily</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="@remap='serif'">
+ <xsl:text>\rmfamily</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="@remap='mono'">
+ <xsl:text>\ttfamily</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>\fontfamily{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@remap"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="@condition">
+ <!-- special cases -->
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@condition='italic'">
+ <xsl:text>\itshape</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="@condition='smallcaps'">
+ <xsl:text>\scshape</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>\fontshape{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@condition"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="@annotations">
+ <!-- special cases -->
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@annotations='bold'">
+ <xsl:text>\bfseries</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>\fontseries{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@annotations"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>\selectfont </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:property[@role]">
+ <xsl:value-of select="@role"/>
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- list items -->
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:itemizedlist/db:listitem |
+ db:orderedlist/db:listitem |
+ db:procedure/db:step |
+ db:simplelist/db:member">
+ <!-- add syntax to inline lists -->
+ <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:para and
+ not(following-sibling::db:listitem)">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="parent::db:orderedlist or parent::db:procedure">
+ <xsl:text>% and &#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>% or &#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>% \item</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- remap a bullet or number -->
+ <xsl:when test="@remap or parent::db:simplelist">
+ <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@remap"/>
+ <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- or prefix the number with a symbol (what was this for?!) -->
+ <xsl:when test="@role">
+ <xsl:text>\leavevmode\llap{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@role"/>
+ <xsl:text>\thinspace}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- normally just a space -->
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <!-- label it if needed -->
+ <xsl:if test="@xml:id">
+ <xsl:text>\label{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <!-- syntactic punctuation now handled by db:para template
+ except for db:member, which needs terminating -->
+ <xsl:if test="local-name()='member'">
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:term">
+ <xsl:text>% \item[</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:if test="not(db:command[@conformance or @condition])">
+ <xsl:text>\thinspace:</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="../@xml:id">
+ <xsl:text>\label{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="../@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- inline -->
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:token">
+ <xsl:text>{\normalfont\itshape</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:package">
+ <xsl:if test="@role and
+ not(ancestor::db:title) and
+ not(ancestor::db:abstract) and
+ not(ancestor::db:acknowledgements) and
+ not(ancestor::db:term) and
+ not(ancestor::db:footnote) and
+ not(ancestor::db:table) and
+ not(ancestor::db:informaltable) and
+ not(ancestor::db:figure)
+ and not(preceding-sibling::db:package[.=current()/.])">
+ <xsl:text>\DescribePackage{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test=".=''">
+ <xsl:value-of select="/*[1]/@xml:id"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- in all cases, use sf -->
+ <xsl:text>\textsf{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test=".=''">
+ <xsl:value-of select="/*[1]/@xml:id"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:modifier/db:alt">
+ <xsl:text>\textsf{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:productname">
+ <xsl:text>\emph{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@userlevel">
+ <xsl:text>\thinspace(</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@userlevel"/>
+ <xsl:text>)</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:citetitle">
+ <xsl:text>\emph{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@linkend">
+ <xsl:apply-templates
+ select="//*[@xml:id=current()/@linkend]/db:title/node()"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="//db:biblioentry[@xml:id=current()/@linkend]">
+ <xsl:text> \cite{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@linkend"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:emphasis">
+ <xsl:text>\emph{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@role='strong'">
+ <xsl:text>\textbf{</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:if test="@role='strong'">
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:tag">
+ <!-- attribute attvalue element emptytag endtag genentity localname namespace numcharref paramentity pi prefix comment starttag xmlpi -->
+ <xsl:if test="@role and
+ not(ancestor::db:title) and
+ not(ancestor::db:term) and
+ not(ancestor::db:footnote) and
+ not(ancestor::db:table) and
+ not(ancestor::db:informaltable) and
+ not(ancestor::db:figure)
+ and not(preceding-sibling::db:tag[.=current()/.])">
+ <xsl:text>\Describe</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@class='element' or not(@class)">
+ <xsl:text>Element</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="@class='attribute'">
+ <xsl:text>Attribute</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="@class='attvalue'">
+ <xsl:text>AttributeValue</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="@class='genentity'">
+ <xsl:text>Entity</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>Error</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>\texttt{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@class='attvalue'">
+ <xsl:text>"</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="@class='genentity'">
+ <xsl:text>\&amp;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@class='attvalue'">
+ <xsl:text>"</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="@class='genentity'">
+ <xsl:text>;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="name(following-sibling::node()[1])='' and
+ starts-with(following-sibling::node()[1],'s')">
+ <xsl:text>\thinspace{}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:function">
+ <xsl:text>\DescribeFunction{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ <xsl:text>}\texttt{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:errortext">
+ <xsl:text>\DescribeError{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ <xsl:text>}\textsf{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:type[@role='colour']">
+ <xsl:text>\DescribeColour{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ <xsl:text>}\texttt{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:methodname">
+ <xsl:text>\DescribeTemplate{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ <xsl:text>}\texttt{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:code">
+ <xsl:text>\texttt{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:option">
+ <xsl:if test="@role and
+ not(ancestor::db:title) and
+ not(ancestor::db:term) and
+ not(ancestor::db:footnote) and
+ not(ancestor::db:table) and
+ not(ancestor::db:informaltable) and
+ not(ancestor::db:figure)
+ and not(preceding-sibling::db:option[.=current()/.])">
+ <xsl:text>\DescribeOption{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@condition">
+ <xsl:text>\oarg{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="@conformance">
+ <xsl:text>\marg{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- otherwise it's for a package or command -->
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>\textbf{\texttt{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@xml:lang='bash'">
+ <xsl:text>-</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:if test="@xml:lang='bash' and not(@conformance='nocolon')">
+ <xsl:text>:</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>}}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:guiicon">
+ <xsl:text>\includegraphics</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@annotations">
+ <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@annotations"/>
+ <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:href"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:personname">
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>\index{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(db:surname)"/>
+ <xsl:text>!</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(db:firstname)"/>
+ <xsl:if test="db:othername">
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(db:othername)"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:personname/db:firstname">
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:personname/db:othername">
+ <xsl:if test="preceding-sibling::node()!=' '">
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ <xsl:if test="string-length(normalize-space(.))=1 or
+ (.=upper-case(.) and substring(.,string-length(.))!='.')">
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:personname/db:surname">
+ <xsl:if test="preceding-sibling::node()!=' '">
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:variable name="nosc">
+ <xsl:for-each select="$prepost//db:step[@conformance='nosc']">
+ <xsl:value-of select="$thisdoc//db:constraintdef
+ [@xml:id='docpackages']
+ //db:seg[.=current()/@remap]"/>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:variable>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:acronym">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- defining instance -->
+ <xsl:when test="@xml:id">
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>~(</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:call-template name="casestyle">
+ <xsl:with-param name="text" select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="style" select="'\textsc{'"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ <xsl:text>)\index{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ <xsl:text>|see{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="translate(@xml:id,
+ 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz',
+ 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ')"/>
+ <xsl:text>}}\index{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="translate(@xml:id,
+ 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz',
+ 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ')"/>
+ <xsl:text>|textbf}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- no ID -->
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <!-- check for missing smallcaps in font -->
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="$nosc=''">
+ <xsl:call-template name="casestyle">
+ <xsl:with-param name="text" select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="style" select="'\textsc{'"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:call-template name="casestyle">
+ <xsl:with-param name="text" select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="style" select="'{\small '"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:if test="//db:acronym[@xml:id=current()/.]">
+ <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:footnote">
+ <xsl:text>\protect</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>\index{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template name="casestyle">
+ <xsl:param name="text"/>
+ <xsl:param name="style"/>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$style"/>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="contains($style,'\textsc')">
+ <xsl:value-of select="translate($text,
+ 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ',
+ 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz')"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="translate($text,
+ 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz',
+ 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ')"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:superscript">
+ <xsl:text>\textsuperscript{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:exceptionname">
+ <xsl:text>\textsc{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- tagging features for the doc and dox packages -->
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:envar">
+ <!-- role specifies the command does not belong to this package
+ and is only mentioned incidentally -->
+ <xsl:if test="@role and
+ not(ancestor::db:term) and
+ not(.=ancestor::db:annotation/@xreflabel) and
+ (@xml:lang='TeX' or @xml:lang='LaTeX' or not(@xml:lang))
+ and not(preceding-sibling::db:envar[.=current()/.])">
+ <xsl:text>\DescribeEnv{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>\texttt{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@condition">
+ <xsl:text>\oarg{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@condition)"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="@conformance">
+ <xsl:text>\marg{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@conformance)"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:classname">
+ <xsl:if test="@role and
+ not(ancestor::db:footnote) and
+ not(ancestor::db:title) and
+ not(ancestor::db:term) and
+ not(.=ancestor::db:annotation/@xreflabel) and
+ (@xml:lang='TeX' or @xml:lang='LaTeX' or not(@xml:lang))
+ and not(preceding-sibling::db:classname[.=current()/.])">
+ <xsl:text>\DescribeClass{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>\textsf{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@condition">
+ <xsl:text>\oarg{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@condition)"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="@conformance">
+ <xsl:text>\marg{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@conformance)"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- command occurring in documentation uses \DescribeMacro
+ or whatever class is given in @remap (eg counter, switch,
+ length, etc) -->
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:command">
+ <!-- role specifies the command does not belong to this package
+ and is only mentioned incidentally (a common value is 'kernel')
+ and therefore requires no indexing -->
+ <xsl:if test="@role and not(.='TeX') and not(.='LaTeX') and
+ not(ancestor::db:term) and
+ not(.=ancestor::db:annotation/@xreflabel) and
+ (@xml:lang='TeX' or @xml:lang='LaTeX' or not(@xml:lang))
+ and not(preceding-sibling::db:command[.=current()/.])">
+ <xsl:text>\DescribeMacro{\</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when
+ test="@xml:lang='TeX' or @xml:lang='LaTeX' or not(@xml:lang)
+ and contains(.,'{')">
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring-before(normalize-space(.),'{')"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- fake the backslash when in term (definition list)
+ or when being used as an example (not for indexing) -->
+ <xsl:when test="(@xml:lang='TeX' or @xml:lang='LaTeX' or not(@xml:lang))
+ and (not(@role) or parent::db:term)">
+ <xsl:if test="parent::db:term and @userlevel!='optional'">
+ <xsl:text>\llap{$\star$\enspace}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="parent::db:term">
+ <xsl:text>\texttt{\textbackslash{}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:call-template name="avoidverb"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- otherwise use \verb for TeX commands only if needed -->
+ <xsl:when test="@xml:lang='TeX' or @xml:lang='LaTeX' or not(@xml:lang)">
+ <xsl:call-template name="avoidverb"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- bash -->
+ <xsl:when test="@xml:lang='bash'">
+ <xsl:call-template name="avoidverb"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- other language commands have no backslash -->
+ <xsl:when test="@condition='nolit'">
+ <xsl:call-template name="avoidverb"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:call-template name="avoidverb"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:if test="@condition and @condition!='nolit'">
+ <xsl:text>\oarg{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@condition)"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="@conformance">
+ <xsl:text>\marg{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@conformance)"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template name="avoidverb">
+ <!-- try to output monospace filenames, URIs, etc while
+ avoiding the use of \verb -->
+ <xsl:variable name="delim">
+ <!-- delimiter to use if we really do have to use \verb
+ these are in order of preference -->
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="not(contains(.,'|'))">
+ <xsl:text>|</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="not(contains(.,'+'))">
+ <xsl:text>+</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>`</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- if the contents contains any of TeX's special characters
+ that are invalid or unconfortable in URIs (incl vis.space)
+ \$^{}<|>␣ but not &_~#%
+ we have to use \verb, reluctantly -->
+ <xsl:when test="matches(.,'.*[\\\$\^{}&lt;\|&gt;␣].*')
+ and not(ancestor::db:title)
+ and not(ancestor::db:footnote)
+ and not(ancestor::db:term)">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- replaceable adds a ` to end the \verb, and a new \verb`
+ after it has emitted its value -->
+ <xsl:when test="db:replaceable or @condition='nolit'">
+ <xsl:text>\verb</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$delim"/>
+ <xsl:if
+ test="name()='command' and
+ (@xml:lang='TeX' or @xml:lang='LaTeX' or not(@xml:lang))">
+ <xsl:text>\</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:if test="@xlink:type">
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:type"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$delim"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- otherwise this is a plain \verb -->
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>\verb</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$delim"/>
+ <xsl:if
+ test="name()='command' and
+ (@xml:lang='TeX' or @xml:lang='LaTeX' or not(@xml:lang))">
+ <xsl:text>\</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ <xsl:if test="@xlink:type">
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:type"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$delim"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- not ready for this yet -->
+ <xsl:when test="matches(.,'.*[\\\$\^{}&lt;\|&gt;].*')
+ and
+ (ancestor::db:title or
+ ancestor::db:footnote or
+ ancestor::db:term)">
+ <xsl:message>
+ <xsl:text>Warning: verbatim in </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="name(ancestor::*[3])"/>
+ <xsl:text>/</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="name(ancestor::*[2])"/>
+ <xsl:text>/</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="name(ancestor::*[1])"/>
+ <xsl:text> for "</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ <xsl:text>"</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:message>
+ <xsl:text>\url{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- if it's in a , use \url
+ <xsl:when test="contains(normalize-space(.),' ')
+ and not(contains(.'{') or contains(.,'}'))">
+ <xsl:text>\url{</xsl:text>
+ ???
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+-->
+ <!-- otherwise we can get away with a monospace -->
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- if it contains the acceptable characters for URIs
+ &_~#% -->
+ <xsl:when test="matches(.,'.*[&amp;_~#%].*')
+ and not(db:replaceable or @condition='nolit')">
+ <xsl:text>\url{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- replaceable adds a ` to end the \verb, and a new \verb`
+ after it has emitted its value -->
+ <xsl:when test="db:replaceable or @condition='nolit'">
+ <xsl:text>{\ttfamily{}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if
+ test="name()='command' and
+ (@xml:lang='TeX' or @xml:lang='LaTeX' or not(@xml:lang))">
+ <xsl:text>\textbackslash{}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:if test="@xlink:type">
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:type"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- otherwise this is a plain -->
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>{\ttfamily{}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if
+ test="name()='command' and
+ (@xml:lang='TeX' or @xml:lang='LaTeX' or not(@xml:lang))">
+ <xsl:text>\textbackslash{}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ <xsl:if test="@xlink:type">
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:type"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:footnote">
+ <xsl:text>\footnote{%&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:uri">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@xlink:href and .!=''">
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>\footnote{\url{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:href"/>
+ <xsl:text>}}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="not(@xlink:href) and .!=''">
+ <xsl:text>\url{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@type">
+ <xsl:value-of select="@type"/>
+ <xsl:text>:</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:if test="@xreflabel and @type='news'">
+ <xsl:text> at \textlangle\verb`</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xreflabel"/>
+ <xsl:text>`\textrangle{}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!--xsl:if test="following-sibling::node()[1][substring(.,1,1)=',']">
+ <xsl:text>\thinspace </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if-->
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:link">
+ <xsl:text>{\color{blue}\uline{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:filename | db:systemitem">
+ <xsl:call-template name="avoidverb"/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:firstterm">
+ <xsl:text>\textbf{\emph{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}}\index{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ <xsl:text>|textbf}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:foreignphrase">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@xml:lang='jp'">
+ <xsl:text>\cjktext{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="@xml:lang='ga'">
+ <!-- <xsl:text>\texteiad{</xsl:text>-->
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@remap"/>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="@xml:lang!=/db:book/@xml:lang">
+ <xsl:text>\foreignlanguage{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="tokenize($langs/language[@iso=current()/@xml:lang]/@babel,
+ ' ')[1]"/>
+ <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when
+ test="$langs/language[@iso=current()/@xml:lang]/@wsys='la'">
+ <xsl:text>\emph{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>\emph{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:note[not(parent::db:para)]">
+ <xsl:text>\begin{Sbox}\begin{minipage}{.9\columnwidth}\sffamily
+</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>\end{minipage}\end{Sbox}{\fboxsep1em\centering\fbox{\TheSbox}\par}
+</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:note[parent::db:para]">
+ <xsl:text>{\bfseries </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:quote | db:phrase | db:wordasword">
+ <xsl:text>`</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>'</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@linkend">
+ <xsl:text>&#x0a;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:call-template name="makeref"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:email">
+ <xsl:text>\url{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:replaceable">
+ <!-- make sure we use the same delimiter as the parent element does -->
+ <xsl:variable name="delim">
+ <!-- in order of preference -->
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="not(contains(.,'|'))">
+ <xsl:text>|</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="not(contains(.,'+'))">
+ <xsl:text>+</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>`</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- stop-start \verb when in a command or systemitem -->
+ <xsl:when test="parent::db:command
+ or parent::db:systemitem
+ or parent::db:filename">
+ <xsl:value-of select="$delim"/>
+ <xsl:text>{\ttfamily\itshape </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>\verb</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$delim"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>{\itshape </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- Counters and Lengths -->
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:varname[not(ancestor::db:footnote)]
+ | db:parameter[not(ancestor::db:footnote)]">
+ <xsl:if test="@role
+ and not(preceding-sibling::db:varname[.=current()/.][@role=current()/@role])">
+ <xsl:text>\Describe</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="translate(substring(@role,1,1),'cl','CL')"/>
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring(@role,2)"/>
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:call-template name="avoidverb"/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:varname[ancestor::db:footnote]
+ | db:parameter[ancestor::db:footnote]">
+ <xsl:call-template name="avoidverb"/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- special use of endterm xref for ref to ref
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:xref[@endterm]">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when
+ test="//db:constraintdef[@linkend=current()/@endterm][@remap]">
+ <xsl:text>\vref{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="//db:constraintdef[@linkend=current()/@endterm]/@remap"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>[unknown reference to `\texttt{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@endterm"/>
+ <xsl:text>}']</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+-->
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:xref[@linkend]">
+ <xsl:variable name="target"
+ select="//*[@xml:id=current()/@linkend]"/>
+ <!-- catch items in a labelled list before anything else,
+ and give them an ordinal number -->
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- DESC LIST -->
+ <xsl:when test="name($target)='varlistentry'">
+ <xsl:text>`\textbf{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="$target/db:term/node()"/>
+ <xsl:text>}', the </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:variable name="nth"
+ select="number(count($target/
+ preceding-sibling::db:varlistentry)+1)"/>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="$nth=1">
+ <xsl:text>first </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="$nth=count($target/
+ ancestor::db:variablelist[1]/db:varlistentry)">
+ <xsl:text>last </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>\ordinal</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="$nth &lt; 10">
+ <xsl:text>string</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>num{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$nth"/>
+ <xsl:text>} </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>item in the list </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="not(@xrefstyle='page')">
+ <xsl:text>in </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- UNNUMBERED LIST ITEMS -->
+ <xsl:when test="name($target)='listitem' and
+ name($target/ancestor::*[1])='itemizedlist'">
+ <xsl:text>the </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:variable name="nth"
+ select="number(count($target/
+ preceding-sibling::db:listitem)+1)"/>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="$nth=1">
+ <xsl:text>first </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="$nth=count($target/
+ ancestor::db:itemizedlist[1]/db:listitem)">
+ <xsl:text>last </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>\ordinal</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="$nth &lt; 10">
+ <xsl:text>string</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>num{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$nth"/>
+ <xsl:text>} </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>item in the list </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="not(@xrefstyle='page')">
+ <xsl:text>in </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- ORDERED LIST ITEMS or PROCEDURE STEPS -->
+ <xsl:when test="(local-name($target)='listitem' and
+ local-name($target/parent::*[1])='orderedlist') or
+ (local-name($target)='step' and
+ local-name($target/parent::*[1])='procedure')">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="ancestor::procedure">
+ <xsl:text>step</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>item</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>~\ref{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@linkend"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="generate-id(ancestor::db:procedure)=
+ generate-id($target/parent::db:procedure)">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when
+ test="count(preceding::* | $target)=count(preceding::*)">
+ <xsl:text> above</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text> below</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text> in the list on p.\thinspace\pageref{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@linkend"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- TITLED ORDERED LISTS -->
+ <xsl:when test="local-name($target)='orderedlist' and $target/db:title">
+ <xsl:text>the list `</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="$target/db:title/node()"/>
+ <xsl:text>' in </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- INFORMAL TABLES -->
+ <xsl:when test="local-name($target)='informaltable'">
+ <xsl:text>the table </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- PROGRAMLISTING with condition="ignore" in package code -->
+ <xsl:when test="local-name($target)='programlisting'">
+ <xsl:text>the code example </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <!-- AUTOMATED -->
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@xrefstyle='page'
+ or local-name($target)='informaltable'
+ or local-name($target)='programlisting'">
+ <xsl:text>\vpageref</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- omit numbered list items done manually above -->
+ <xsl:when test="(local-name($target)='listitem' and
+ local-name($target/ancestor::*[1])='orderedlist')
+ or
+ (ancestor::db:procedure and
+ generate-id(ancestor::db:procedure)=
+ generate-id($target/parent::db:procedure))">
+ <xsl:text></xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>\vref</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <!-- now the argument[s]: not wanted for list items done manually -->
+ <xsl:if test="not(local-name($target)='listitem' and
+ local-name($target/ancestor::*[1])='orderedlist')
+ and
+ not(ancestor::db:procedure and $target/parent::db:procedure)">
+ <xsl:if test="@endterm">
+ <xsl:text>range</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@linkend"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="@endterm">
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@endterm"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="@xreflabel">
+ <xsl:text> (</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates
+ select="$target/child::*[local-name()=current()/@xreflabel][1]/node()"/>
+ <xsl:text>)</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- gui menu stuff -->
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:guimenu">
+ <xsl:text>\textsf{\bfseries </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:guisubmenu">
+ <xsl:if test="starts-with(local-name(preceding-sibling::*[1]),'gui')">
+ <xsl:text>\menusep</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>\textsf{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:guimenuitem">
+ <xsl:if test="starts-with(local-name(preceding-sibling::*[1]),'gui')">
+ <xsl:text>\menusep</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>\textsf{\itshape </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:guilabel">
+ <xsl:text>{\fboxsep2pt\fbox{\sffamily </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:guibutton">
+ <xsl:text>{\fboxsep2pt\ovalbox{\sffamily </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ <xsl:text>}}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- odds 'n' sods -->
+
+ <xsl:template match="processing-instruction('LaTeX')">
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:varlistentry |
+ db:varlistentry/db:listitem |
+ db:authorgroup">
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="*">
+ <xsl:message>
+ <xsl:text>default: </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="local-name()"/>
+ <xsl:text> ("</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ <xsl:text>")</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:message>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- bib -->
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:biblioref">
+ <xsl:call-template name="makeref"/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template name="makeref">
+ <xsl:variable name="target"
+ select="//db:bibliography/db:biblioentry[@xml:id=current()/@linkend]"/>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- title only -->
+ <xsl:when test="@xrefstyle='title'">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="$target/@xreflabel='article' or
+ $target/@xreflabel='inbook' or
+ $target/@xreflabel='incollection'">
+ <xsl:text>`</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates
+ select="($target/descendant::db:title)[1]/node()"/>
+ <xsl:text>'</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>\emph{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates
+ select="($target/descendant::db:title)[1]/node()"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- author only -->
+ <xsl:when test="@xrefstyle='author'">
+ <xsl:for-each select="$target//db:author[1]/db:personname">
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:firstname"/>
+ <xsl:if test="db:othername">
+ <xsl:text>&#x0a;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:othername"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:surname"/>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- author only -->
+ <xsl:when test="@xrefstyle='shortauthor'">
+ <xsl:for-each select="$target//db:author[1]/db:personname">
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:surname"/>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- all the rest -->
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>\cite</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="(@units and @begin) or @annotations">
+ <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@units"/>
+ <xsl:if test="@units='p' and @end">
+ <xsl:text>p</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>.\thinspace </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@begin"/>
+ <xsl:if test="@end">
+ <xsl:text>--</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@end"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="@annotations">
+ <xsl:if test="@units and @begin">
+ <xsl:text>, </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@annotations)"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@linkend"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- utilities -->
+
+ <xsl:template name="copyright-statement">
+ <xsl:param name="ftype"/>
+ <xsl:text>% Extracted from </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.xml</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>
+% </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$ftype"/>
+ <xsl:text> is copyright © </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:variable name="copyright-first">
+ <xsl:for-each select="//db:info/db:revhistory/db:revision">
+ <xsl:sort select="@version" order="descending"/>
+ <xsl:if test="position()=last()">
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="substring(db:date/@conformance,1,4)"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$copyright-first"/>
+ <xsl:variable name="copyright-latest">
+ <xsl:for-each select="//db:info/db:revhistory/db:revision">
+ <xsl:sort select="@version" order="ascending"/>
+ <xsl:if test="position()=last()">
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="substring(db:date/@conformance,1,4)"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:if test="$copyright-latest > $copyright-first">
+ <xsl:text>-</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$copyright-latest"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text> by </xsl:text>
+ <!-- RIGHTS -->
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="/db:book/@audience='lppl'">
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="normalize-space(//db:info//db:author[1]/
+ db:personname/db:firstname)"/>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="normalize-space(//db:info//db:author[1]/
+ db:personname/db:surname)"/>
+ <xsl:text> &lt;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="//db:info//db:author[1]/db:email"/>
+ <xsl:text>>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+% &#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="normalize-space(//db:info/db:copyright/db:holder)"/>
+ <xsl:text> &lt;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="substring-after(//db:info/db:copyright/db:holder
+ /@xlink:href,'mailto:')"/>
+ <xsl:text>>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>%
+% This work may not be copied or re-used without the express
+% written permission of the copyright holder[s]. Access to this
+% work is restricted to the copyright holder[s] and their
+% authorised employees, contractors, or agents.
+% &#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>% The current maintainer of this work is </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="//db:info//db:author[@role='maintainer']">
+ <xsl:for-each select="//db:info//db:author[@role='maintainer']">
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="normalize-space(db:personname/db:firstname)"/>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="normalize-space(db:personname/db:surname)"/>
+ <xsl:text> &lt;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:email"/>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="normalize-space(//db:info//db:author/db:personname/db:firstname)"/>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="normalize-space(//db:info//db:author/db:personname/db:surname)"/>
+ <xsl:text> &lt;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="//db:info//db:author/db:email"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>%
+% This work consists of the files </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.dtx and </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.ins,
+% the derived file </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$filetype"/>
+ <xsl:text>, and any ancillary files listed
+% in the MANIFEST.&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template name="repeatarg">
+ <xsl:param name="limit"/>
+ <xsl:param name="count">
+ <xsl:text>0</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:param>
+ <xsl:param name="prefix"/>
+ <xsl:param name="suffix"/>
+ <xsl:if test="$count&lt;$limit">
+ <xsl:value-of select="$prefix"/>
+ <xsl:text>#</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$count + 1"/>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$suffix"/>
+ <xsl:call-template name="repeatarg">
+ <xsl:with-param name="limit" select="$limit"/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="count" select="$count + 1"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- special mode for outputting the .ins file -->
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:info" mode="ins">
+ <xsl:variable name="file">
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.ins</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:result-document format="textFormat" href="{$file}">
+ <xsl:text>%</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:call-template name="copyright-statement">
+ <xsl:with-param name="ftype">
+ <xsl:text>ins</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:with-param>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ <xsl:text>%
+\input docstrip.tex
+\keepsilent
+\usedir{tex/latex/</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:base"/>
+ <xsl:text>}
+\preamble&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:call-template name="htrim">
+ <xsl:with-param name="text">
+ <xsl:call-template name="lrtrim">
+ <xsl:with-param name="text" select="db:annotation/*"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:with-param>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;\endpreamble&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <!-- this bit just doesn't seem to work right
+ <xsl:for-each select="/db:book/db:part[@xml:id='files']
+ /db:chapter[db:programlisting]">
+ <xsl:variable name="ext"
+ select="substring-after(db:programlisting/@xlink:href,'.')"/>
+ <xsl:text>\declarepreamble\</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>
+\DoubleperCent\space This is file </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:programlisting/@xlink:href"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;\endpreamble&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>\declarepostamble\</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>
+\DoubleperCent\space End of file </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:programlisting/@xlink:href"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;\endpreamble&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ -->
+ <xsl:text>\generate{</xsl:text>
+ <!-- generate the main file first -->
+ <xsl:text>\file{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$filetype"/>
+ <xsl:text>}{\from{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.dtx}{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
+ <xsl:text>}}%&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <!-- add any fragments from the documentation
+ these are those with an ID, a href, *and* show='new' -->
+ <xsl:for-each
+ select="//db:programlisting
+ [@xml:id and @xlink:show='new' and @xlink:href]">
+ <xsl:variable name="ext" select="substring-after(@xlink:href,'.')"/>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="$ext='tex'">
+ <xsl:text> \usepreamble\</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>preamble\usepostamble\</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>postamble</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text> \usepreamble\empty\usepostamble\empty</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa; \file{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:href"/>
+ <xsl:text>}{\from{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.dtx}{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>}}%&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <!-- add any documented ancillary files from appendixes
+ in the code part -->
+ <xsl:for-each select="/db:book/db:part[@xml:id='code']
+ /db:appendix[@xml:id and @xlink:href]">
+ <xsl:variable name="ext" select="substring-after(@xlink:href,'.')"/>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="$ext='tex'">
+ <xsl:text> \usepreamble\</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>preamble\usepostamble\</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>postamble</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text></xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text> \file{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:href"/>
+ <xsl:text>}{\from{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.dtx}{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>}}%&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <!-- add any undocumented ancillary files -->
+ <xsl:for-each select="/db:book/db:part[@xml:id='files']
+ /db:chapter[db:programlisting]">
+ <xsl:variable name="ext"
+ select="substring-after(db:programlisting/@xlink:href,'.')"/>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="$ext='tex'">
+ <xsl:text> \usepreamble\</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>preamble\usepostamble\</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>postamble</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text> \usepreamble\empty\usepostamble\empty</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa; \file{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:programlisting/@xlink:href"/>
+ <xsl:text>}{\from{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.dtx}{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>}}%&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <xsl:text>}
+\obeyspaces
+\Msg{********************************************************}
+\Msg{** **}
+\Msg{** Read the documentation before using this </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
+ <xsl:if test="$doctype='class'">
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>. **}
+\Msg{** **}
+\Msg{********************************************************}
+\endbatchfile
+</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:result-document>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="text()">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- SPECIAL HANDLING FOR SHELL SCRIPTS -->
+ <xsl:when test="ancestor::db:programlisting[@language='bash']">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- remove leading newlines from initial strings -->
+ <xsl:when test="count(preceding-sibling::text())=0
+ and starts-with(.,'&#xa;')">
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring(.,2)"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- remove trailing space from terminals -->
+ <xsl:when test="count(following-sibling::text())=0
+ and matches(.,'\n[\s]*$')">
+ <xsl:value-of select="replace(.,'\n[\s]*$','')"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- otherwise don't prefix or suffix -->
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- SIMILAR FOR TEXT OF INLINE COMMANDS (and bibliography entries
+ being handled by db2bibtex.xsl): normalise spaces
+ but preserve one leading and one trailing space if given -->
+ <xsl:when test="ancestor::db:command or ancestor::db:biblioentry">
+ <!-- replace a single leading WS token with a space -->
+ <xsl:if test="starts-with(.,' ') or
+ starts-with(.,'&#x9;') or
+ starts-with(.,'&#xa;')">
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ <!-- replace a single trailing WS token with a space -->
+ <xsl:if test="substring(.,string-length(.))=' ' or
+ substring(.,string-length(.))='&#x9;' or
+ substring(.,string-length(.))='&#xa;'">
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- otherwise check for percent prefixes -->
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:call-template name="dtxtext">
+ <xsl:with-param name="text" select="."/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template name="dtxtext">
+ <xsl:param name="text"/>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="normalize-space(.)=''">
+ <xsl:text></xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- if the span starts with a TAB, remove it,
+ and keep doing so until no more TABs -->
+ <xsl:when test="starts-with($text,'&#x9;')">
+ <xsl:call-template name="dtxtext">
+ <xsl:with-param name="text"
+ select="substring($text,2)"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- if it starts with a newline AND it's in a <programlisting>
+ element AND this is the first span of its type, prefix
+ a percent -->
+ <xsl:when test="starts-with($text,'&#xa;') and
+ parent::db:programlisting and
+ count(preceding-sibling::text())=0">
+ <xsl:text>% </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:call-template name="dtxtext">
+ <xsl:with-param name="text"
+ select="substring($text,2)"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- break strings containing newlines -->
+ <xsl:when test="contains($text,'&#xa;')">
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring-before($text,'&#xa;')"/>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when
+ test="normalize-space(substring-after($text,'&#xa;'))='' and
+ parent::db:programlisting and
+ count(following-sibling::text())=0">
+ <xsl:text></xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;% </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:call-template name="dtxtext">
+ <xsl:with-param name="text"
+ select="substring-after($text,'&#xa;')"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- convert underscores in filenames -->
+ <xsl:when test="ancestor::db:filename[db:replaceable] and
+ contains($text,'_')">
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring-before($text,'_')"/>
+ <xsl:text>\_</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:call-template name="dtxtext">
+ <xsl:with-param name="text"
+ select="substring-after($text,'_')"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$text"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template name="build">
+ <xsl:result-document format="textFormat" href="build">
+ <xsl:text>#! /bin/bash
+#
+# Bourne shell script to build the </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
+ <xsl:text> file and documentation
+#
+java -jar </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$processor"/>
+ <xsl:text> -o:</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.dtx </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.xml </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$cpdir"/>
+ <xsl:text>/db2dtx.xsl processor=</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$processor"/>
+ <xsl:text> cpdir=</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$cpdir"/>
+ <xsl:text> appdir=</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$appdir"/>
+ <xsl:text>
+yes|pdflatex </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.ins
+pdflatex </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.dtx&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:if test="//db:part[descendant::db:bibliography
+ and descendant::db:biblioref]">
+ <xsl:text>bibtex </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;awk -f </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$cpdir"/>
+ <xsl:text>/decommentbbl.awk </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.bbl ></xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.bdc&#xa;mv </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.bdc </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.bbl&#xa;pdflatex </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.dtx&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>makeindex -s gind.ist -o </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.ind </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.idx
+makeindex -s gglo.ist -o </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.gls </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.glo
+pdflatex </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.dtx&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <!-- additional processing steps -->
+ <xsl:for-each select="/db:book/db:info/db:cover
+ /db:constraintdef[@xml:id='builder']
+ /db:segmentedlist/db:seglistitem/db:seg">
+ <!-- 1. Content is the command including any fixed parameters
+ which immediately follow it, but not usually arguments -->
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ <!-- 1a. alternative way for a -f argument -->
+ <xsl:if test="@xlink:show='replace'">
+ <xsl:text> -f</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- 1b. output spec with a -o option -->
+ <xsl:if test="@role">
+ <xsl:text> -o </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@audience">
+ <xsl:value-of select="@audience"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@role"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- 2. space between command and args -->
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <!-- 3. input default file is the name of the current document -->
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@audience">
+ <xsl:value-of select="@audience"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="@xlink:actuate!='none'">
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text></xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <!-- filetype of the input file -->
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- either with xlink:type -->
+ <xsl:when test="@xlink:type">
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:type"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- default for the first one is the current (dtx) -->
+ <xsl:when test="position()=1">
+ <xsl:text>.dtx</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- otherwise it's the @role of the preceding command -->
+ <xsl:when test="parent::db:seglistitem
+ /preceding-sibling::db:seglistitem[1]
+ /db:seg[@role]">
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="parent::db:seglistitem
+ /preceding-sibling::db:seglistitem[1]
+ /db:seg/@role"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- otherwise nothing -->
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <!-- 4. Output: optionally a redirect -->
+ <xsl:if test="@xlink:arcrole">
+ <xsl:text> ></xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:arcrole"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <!-- 5. newline at end -->
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <xsl:text>echo Copying files into dev tree...&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <!-- copy all the files into the dev tree for zipping
+ doc/latex/name/MANIFEST|README|.pdf
+ source/latex/name/.dtx|.ins
+ tex/latex/name/.cls|.sty
+ -->
+ <xsl:text>mkdir -p doc/latex/</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:base"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>mkdir -p source/latex/</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:base"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>mkdir -p tex/latex/</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:base"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <!-- first the documentation -->
+ <xsl:text>cp README MANIFEST </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.pdf </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>doc/latex/</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:base"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <!-- then the source code -->
+ <xsl:text>cp </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.dtx </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.ins </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>source/latex/</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:base"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <!-- then this class or package -->
+ <xsl:text>cp </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$filetype"/>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>tex/latex/</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:base"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <!-- add any ancillary files extracted from the .dtx file -->
+ <xsl:for-each select="/db:book/db:part[@xml:id='code']
+ /db:appendix[@xml:id and @xlink:href]
+ |
+ /db:book/db:part[@xml:id='files']
+ /db:chapter/db:programlisting">
+ <xsl:text>cp </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:href"/>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>tex/latex/</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:base"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <!-- add any extra files listed in the .xml file -->
+ <xsl:for-each select="/db:book/db:info/db:cover
+ /db:constraintdef[@xml:id='manifest']
+ /db:simplelist/db:member[.!='']">
+ <xsl:text>cp </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>source/latex/</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:base"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <!-- ZIP 'EM UP from the dev directory -->
+ <xsl:text>echo Zipping up files from dev tree...&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>zip -r --exclude=*.svn* --exclude=*.DS_Store* </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>-</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@version"/>
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@revision"/>
+ <xsl:text>.tds.zip doc/latex/</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:base"/>
+ <xsl:text> source/latex/</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:base"/>
+ <xsl:text> tex/latex/</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:base"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>echo Zipping up plain CTAN version...&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>zip </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>-</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@version"/>
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@revision"/>
+ <xsl:text>.zip README MANIFEST </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>.dtx </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>.ins </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>.pdf </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$filetype"/>
+ <xsl:for-each select="/db:book/db:info/db:cover
+ /db:constraintdef[@xml:id='manifest']
+ /db:simplelist/db:member[.!='']">
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>-</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@version"/>
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@revision"/>
+ <xsl:text>.tds.zip&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <!-- INSTALL the package or class file into the live tree -->
+ <xsl:text>echo Installing working copy...&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:text>unzip -o -d </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$personaltree"/>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>-</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@version"/>
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@revision"/>
+ <xsl:text>.tds.zip&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:result-document>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:part/db:title |
+ db:chapter/db:title |
+ db:chapter/db:para" mode="files"/>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:chapter" mode="files">
+ <xsl:apply-templates mode="files"/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:programlisting" mode="files">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='files']">
+ <xsl:text>% \iffalse&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>% \begin{macrocode}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>%&lt;*</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="parent::db:chapter/@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>></xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;%&lt;/</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="parent::db:chapter/@xml:id"/>
+ <xsl:text>>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='files']">
+ <xsl:text>% \fi&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>% \end{macrocode}&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template name="delogify">
+ <xsl:param name="string"/>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="contains($string,'\LaTeXe{}')">
+ <xsl:call-template name="delogify">
+ <xsl:with-param name="string">
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring-before($string,'\LaTeXe{}')"/>
+ <xsl:text>LaTeX2e</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring-after($string,'\LaTeXe{}')"/>
+ </xsl:with-param>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="contains($string,'\LaTeX{}')">
+ <xsl:call-template name="delogify">
+ <xsl:with-param name="string">
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring-before($string,'\LaTeX{}')"/>
+ <xsl:text>LaTeX</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring-after($string,'\LaTeX{}')"/>
+ </xsl:with-param>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="contains($string,'\TeX{}')">
+ <xsl:call-template name="delogify">
+ <xsl:with-param name="string">
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring-before($string,'\TeX{}')"/>
+ <xsl:text>TeX</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring-after($string,'\TeX{}')"/>
+ </xsl:with-param>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$string"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+</xsl:stylesheet>
+
+<!--
+ Checksum is the number of backslash commands in the
+ output code — approximately!
+ lxgrep "part[@xml:id='code']//programlisting" $1.xml |\
+ grep '\\' |\
+ sed -e "s+[^\\\\]++g" |\
+ tr -d '\012' |\
+ tr '\\' '\012' |\
+ wc -l
+-->
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/db2plaintext.xsl b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/db2plaintext.xsl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ec518d7b8f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/db2plaintext.xsl
@@ -0,0 +1,513 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
+ xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ version="2.0">
+
+ <!-- ClassPack README STRUCTURE ONLY for inclusion in db2dtx.xsl
+
+ 23 para
+ 11 productname
+ 11 title
+ 10 olink
+ 6 filename
+ 6 sect1
+ 5 acronym
+ 4 listitem
+ 4 systemitem
+ 4 term
+ 4 varlistentry
+ 3 programlisting
+ 3 sect2
+ 2 anchor
+ 2 guilabel
+ 2 varname
+ 1 chapter
+ 1 emphasis
+ 1 guibutton
+ 1 replaceable
+ 1 uri
+ 1 variablelist
+ 1 warning
+
+-->
+
+ <xsl:variable name="maindoc" select="."/>
+
+ <xsl:variable name="width">
+ <xsl:text>72</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:variable>
+
+ <!-- plain titles and plain paras -->
+
+ <xsl:template mode="readme"
+ match="db:title[not(parent::db:chapter) and
+ not(parent::db:sect1) and
+ not(parent::db:sect2) and
+ not(parent::db:sect3) and
+ not(parent::db:warning)] |
+ db:para[not(parent::db:listitem) and
+ not(parent::db:warning)]">
+ <xsl:variable name="content">
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="node()" mode="inline"/>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:call-template name="normtext">
+ <xsl:with-param name="content" select="normalize-space($content)"/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="indent">
+ <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code'] or
+ ancestor::db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']">
+ <xsl:text>%% </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:with-param>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id!='code']">
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- section headings -->
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:chapter/db:title" mode="readme">
+ <xsl:variable name="content">
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="node()" mode="inline"/>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:call-template name="normtext">
+ <xsl:with-param name="content"
+ select="upper-case(normalize-space($content))"/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="indent">
+ <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code'] or
+ ancestor::db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']">
+ <xsl:text>%% </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:with-param>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id!='code']">
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:sect1/db:title" mode="readme">
+ <xsl:variable name="content">
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="node()" mode="inline"/>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:call-template name="normtext">
+ <xsl:with-param name="content" select="normalize-space($content)"/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="prefix">
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="count(parent::db:sect1/preceding-sibling::db:sect1) + 1"/>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:with-param>
+ <xsl:with-param name="indent">
+ <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code'] or
+ ancestor::db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']">
+ <xsl:text>%% </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:with-param>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id!='code']">
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:sect2/db:title" mode="readme">
+ <xsl:variable name="content">
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="node()" mode="inline"/>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:call-template name="normtext">
+ <xsl:with-param name="content" select="normalize-space($content)"/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="prefix">
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="count(ancestor::db:sect1/preceding-sibling::db:sect1) + 1"/>
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="count(parent::db:sect2/preceding-sibling::db:sect2) + 1"/>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:with-param>
+ <xsl:with-param name="indent">
+ <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code'] or
+ ancestor::db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']">
+ <xsl:text>%% </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:with-param>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id!='code']">
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:sect3/db:title" mode="readme">
+ <xsl:variable name="content">
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="node()" mode="inline"/>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:call-template name="normtext">
+ <xsl:with-param name="content" select="normalize-space($content)"/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="prefix">
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="count(ancestor::db:sect1/preceding-sibling::db:sect1) + 1"/>
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="count(ancestor::db:sect2/preceding-sibling::db:sect2) + 1"/>
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="count(parent::db:sect3/preceding-sibling::db:sect3) + 1"/>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:with-param>
+ <xsl:with-param name="indent">
+ <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code'] or
+ ancestor::db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']">
+ <xsl:text>%% </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:with-param>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id!='code']">
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:warning/db:title" mode="readme">
+ <xsl:variable name="content">
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="node()" mode="inline"/>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:call-template name="normtext">
+ <xsl:with-param name="content" select="normalize-space($content)"/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="prefix">
+ <xsl:text> WARNING: </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:with-param>
+ <xsl:with-param name="indent">
+ <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code'] or
+ ancestor::db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']">
+ <xsl:text>%% </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:with-param>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ <xsl:text> !&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:programlisting" mode="readme">
+ <xsl:variable name="curdoctype">
+ <xsl:value-of select="$maindoc/db:book/@arch"/>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:if test="@condition=$curdoctype or not(@condition)">
+ <xsl:variable name="content">
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="node()" mode="inline"/>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:call-template name="normtext">
+ <xsl:with-param name="content" select="normalize-space($content)"/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="indent">
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:with-param>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:term" mode="readme">
+ <xsl:variable name="content">
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="node()" mode="inline"/>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:call-template name="normtext">
+ <xsl:with-param name="content" select="normalize-space($content)"/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="indent">
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:with-param>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:para[parent::db:listitem]" mode="readme">
+ <xsl:variable name="content">
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="node()" mode="inline"/>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:call-template name="normtext">
+ <xsl:with-param name="content" select="normalize-space($content)"/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="indent">
+ <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code']">
+ <xsl:text>%% </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="ancestor::db:variablelist">
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="ancestor::db:itemizedlist">
+ <xsl:text> * </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="ancestor::db:orderedlist">
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="count(parent::db:listitem/preceding-sibling::db:listitem)+1"/>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:with-param>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id!='code']">
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:para[parent::db:warning]" mode="readme">
+ <xsl:variable name="content">
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="node()" mode="inline"/>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:call-template name="normtext">
+ <xsl:with-param name="content" select="normalize-space($content)"/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="indent">
+ <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code'] or
+ ancestor::db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']">
+ <xsl:text>%% </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text> ! </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:with-param>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ <xsl:if test="following-sibling::db:para">
+ <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code'] or
+ ancestor::db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']">
+ <xsl:text>%% </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text> !</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:sect1" mode="readme">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when
+ test="@xml:id='bugs' and
+ $maindoc//db:revhistory/db:revision[1]/db:revdescription/db:orderedlist">
+ <xsl:apply-templates mode="readme" select="db:title"/>
+ <xsl:text>The following need attention:&#xa;&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates mode="readme"
+ select="$maindoc//db:revhistory/db:revision[1]/db:revdescription/db:orderedlist"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:apply-templates mode="readme"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:anchor" mode="readme">
+ <xsl:variable name="loc" select="@targetptr"/>
+ <xsl:variable name="pos" select="@type"/>
+ <xsl:variable name="omit" select="@remap"/>
+ <!--
+ <xsl:message>
+ <xsl:text>Getting </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$loc"/>
+ <xsl:text>/</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$pos"/>
+ </xsl:message>
+ -->
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- special usage referencing a macro -->
+ <xsl:when test="@targetptr='copyright' and @type='*'">
+ <xsl:for-each select="$maindoc">
+ <xsl:call-template name="copyright-statement">
+ <xsl:with-param name="ftype" select="/db:book/@userlevel"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- normal operation -->
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:apply-templates mode="readme"
+ select="$maindoc/
+ descendant::*[local-name()=$loc][1]/*[local-name()!=$omit]"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- CONTENT -->
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:olink" mode="inline">
+ <xsl:call-template name="metadata"/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:acronym | db:uri | db:filename"
+ mode="inline">
+ <xsl:apply-templates mode="inline"/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:phrase | db:wordasword | db:quote"
+ mode="inline">
+ <xsl:text>"</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates mode="inline"/>
+ <xsl:text>"</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:footnote" mode="inline">
+ <xsl:text> [</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates mode="inline"/>
+ <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:command" mode="inline">
+ <xsl:if test="@xml:lang='TeX' or @xml:lang='LaTeX' or not(@xml:lang)">
+ <xsl:text>\</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:apply-templates mode="inline"/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="text()" mode="inline">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="parent::db:emphasis">
+ <xsl:value-of select="upper-case(.)"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="db:biblioref" mode="inline">
+ <xsl:text>(</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:variable name="bibref" select="@linkend"/>
+ <!-- go to the entry -->
+ <xsl:for-each select="$maindoc/descendant::db:biblioentry[@xml:id=$bibref]">
+ <xsl:variable name="authors" select="count(descendant::db:author)"/>
+ <!-- only name up to the first two -->
+ <xsl:for-each select="descendant::db:author
+ [count(preceding-sibling::db:author)&lt;2]">
+ <xsl:if test="$authors>2
+ and count(preceding-sibling::db:author)=1">
+ <xsl:text>, </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="count(preceding-sibling::db:author)=2">
+ <xsl:text> &amp; </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:value-of select="db:personname/db:surname"/>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <xsl:if test="$authors>3">
+ <xsl:text> et al</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>, </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring(descendant::db:date[1]/@YYYY-MM-DD,1,4)"/>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <xsl:text>)</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- extraction of metadata from master file -->
+
+ <xsl:template name="metadata">
+ <xsl:variable name="loc" select="@targetptr"/>
+ <xsl:variable name="pos" select="@type"/>
+ <!--
+ <xsl:message>
+ <xsl:text>Getting </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$loc"/>
+ <xsl:text>/</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$pos"/>
+ </xsl:message>
+ -->
+ <xsl:value-of
+ select="$maindoc/
+ descendant::*[local-name()=$loc][1]/@*[name()=$pos]"/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- typesetting -->
+
+ <xsl:template name="normtext">
+ <xsl:param name="content"/>
+ <xsl:param name="indent">
+ <xsl:text></xsl:text>
+ </xsl:param>
+ <xsl:param name="prefix">
+ <xsl:text></xsl:text>
+ </xsl:param>
+ <xsl:call-template name="set">
+ <!--
+ <xsl:value-of select='replace(., "\$\d+\.\d{2}","\$xx.xx")'/>
+-->
+ <xsl:with-param name="text"
+ select="replace(replace(replace(replace(
+ concat($prefix,$content),'\\TeX\{\}','TeX'),
+ '\\LaTeX\{\}','LaTeX'),
+ '\\thinspace\{\}',' '),
+ '\\nicefrac(.)(.)','$1/$2')"/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="indent" select="$indent"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template name="set">
+ <xsl:param name="text"/>
+ <xsl:param name="indent">
+ <xsl:text></xsl:text>
+ </xsl:param>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="string-length($text) &lt; $width">
+ <xsl:value-of select="$indent"/>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$text"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:variable name="line">
+ <xsl:call-template name="token">
+ <xsl:with-param name="text" select="$text"/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="indent" select="$indent"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$line"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xa;</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:call-template name="set">
+ <xsl:with-param name="text"
+ select="normalize-space(substring-after(
+ concat($indent,$text),$line))"/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="indent" select="$indent"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template name="token">
+ <xsl:param name="text"/>
+ <xsl:param name="line"/>
+ <xsl:param name="length">
+ <xsl:text>0</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:param>
+ <xsl:param name="indent">
+ <xsl:text></xsl:text>
+ </xsl:param>
+ <xsl:variable name="word">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="contains($text,' ')">
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring-before($text,' ')"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$text"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:variable name="size" select="string-length($word)"/>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- too much for line -->
+ <xsl:when test="$length + 1 + $size > $width">
+ <xsl:value-of select="$line"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- another word will fit -->
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:call-template name="token">
+ <xsl:with-param name="line">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="$length=0">
+ <xsl:value-of select="$indent"/>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$word"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="concat($line,' ',$word)"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:with-param>
+ <xsl:with-param name="length">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="$length=0">
+ <xsl:value-of select="$size + string-length($indent)"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="string-length($line) + 1 + $size"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:with-param>
+ <xsl:with-param name="text" select="substring-after($text,' ')"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/decommentbbl.awk b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/decommentbbl.awk
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0ceb4d7f369
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/decommentbbl.awk
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+# decommentbbl.awk
+#
+# This awk(1) script catenates consecutive lines of a BiBTeX-produced
+# .bbl file which end in a comment character (removing the comment
+# character in the process) because the default % comment character
+# gets misinterpreted by the ltxdoc package when building class or
+# package files.
+#
+# Copyright © 2008-2012 Silmaril Consultants
+# Available under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License
+# as part of the classpack development package
+# Peter Flynn <peter@silmaril.ie> 2010-10-14
+#
+######################################################################
+#
+# Read every line of the file into an array
+
+{
+ line[NR]=$0;
+}
+
+######################################################################
+#
+# At the end, go through the array; if a line ends with a % sign,
+# catenate it to the buffer, omitting the percent sign itself;
+# otherwise, output the buffer and zero it for further use.
+
+END {
+ for(i=1;i<=NR;++i) {
+ if(substr(line[i],length(line[i]))=="%") {
+ buffer=buffer substr(line[i],1,length(line[i])-1);
+ } else {
+ print buffer line[i];buffer="";
+ }
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/doctexbook.dtd b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/doctexbook.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8d144373d53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/doctexbook.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `doctexbook.dtd',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% classpack.dtx (with options: `savedtd')
+%% This file was generated from an XML master source.
+%% Amendments and corrections should be notified to the
+%% maintainer for inclusion in future versions.
+%%
+%% The XML vocabulary
+%%
+%% There are currently no changes to the DocBook element structure.
+%%
+%% The DTD is a driver implementing a number of entity declarations to
+%% ease the transformation to LaTeX.
+<!ENTITY % db5dtd SYSTEM "/dtds/docbook/docbook-5.0/dtd/docbook.dtd">
+<!ATTLIST date YYYY-MM-DD CDATA #IMPLIED>
+<!ATTLIST blockquote units CDATA #IMPLIED
+ begin CDATA #IMPLIED
+ end CDATA #IMPLIED>
+<!ATTLIST quote units CDATA #IMPLIED
+ begin CDATA #IMPLIED
+ end CDATA #IMPLIED>
+<!ELEMENT html:form EMPTY>
+<!ENTITY ampers "\&#38;#38;">
+<!ENTITY BiBTeX "\BibTeX{}">
+<!ENTITY BibTeX "\BibTeX{}">
+<!ENTITY BIBTeX "\BibTeX{}">
+<!ENTITY ConTeXt "\ConTeXt{}">
+<!ENTITY LaTeX "\LaTeX{}">
+<!ENTITY LaTeX2e "\LaTeXe{}">
+<!ENTITY XeTeX "\XeTeX{}">
+<!ENTITY LyX "\LyX{}">
+<!ENTITY METAFONT "\MF{}">
+<!ENTITY METAPOST "\MP{}">
+<!ENTITY TeX "\TeX{}">
+<!ENTITY bsol "{\texttt{\textbackslash}}">
+<!ENTITY date "\filedate{}">
+<!ENTITY degree "\textdegree{}">
+<!ENTITY doctype "\classorpackage{}">
+<!ENTITY filler "\hfil{}">
+<!ENTITY frac12 "\nicefrac12">
+<!ENTITY frac13 "\nicefrac13">
+<!ENTITY frac23 "\nicefrac23">
+<!ENTITY hellip "\dots{}">
+<!ENTITY mdash "~--- ">
+<!ENTITY mldr "\dotfill{}">
+<!ENTITY nbsp "~">
+<!ENTITY ndash "--">
+<!ENTITY percnt "\&#x0025;">
+<!ENTITY square "\raisebox{-1pt}{\Square}">
+<!ENTITY thinsp "\thinspace{}">
+<!ENTITY times "×">
+<!ENTITY specialUuml '{\normalfont\"{\fontfamily{cdr}\selectfont U}}'>
+<!ENTITY verbar "\menusep{}">
+<!ENTITY version "\fileversion{}">
+<!-- call the main DTD --> %db5dtd;
+
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `doctexbook.dtd'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/getgis.sh b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/getgis.sh
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..65e1c855fd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/getgis.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `getgis.sh',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% classpack.dtx (with options: `lxp')
+%% This file was generated from an XML master source.
+%% Amendments and corrections should be notified to the
+%% maintainer for inclusion in future versions.
+%%
+%% Reusable XML
+%%
+%% In , I said that one of the benefits of using XML for software
+%% generation and documentation was the re-usability of the data. Here
+%% are a couple of simple examples.
+$ lxprintf -e productname "%s\n" . classpack.xml |\
+ sort | uniq -c | sort -k 1nr
+%%
+%% Checking that all element types have been described!
+
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `getgis.sh'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/lppl.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/lppl.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1c405b15682
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/lppl.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,541 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "+//Silmaril//DTD DocBook 5.0//EN"
+ "/dtds/docbook/docbook-5.0/dtd/docbook.dtd" [
+<!ENTITY TeX "\TeX{}">
+<!ENTITY LaTeX "\LaTeX{}">
+<!ENTITY LaTeX3 "\LaTeX{3}">
+<!ENTITY mdash "~--- ">
+<!ENTITY nbsp "~">
+]>
+<chapter xml:id="LPPL:LPPL" version="1.3c" xml:lang="en:US"
+ revision="2008-05-04" annotations="Copyright 1999, 2002--2008
+ &LaTeX3; Project">
+ <title>The &LaTeX; Project Public License</title>
+ <blockquote>
+ <para>Everyone is allowed to distribute verbatim copies of this
+ license document, but modification of it is not allowed.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ <sect1 xml:id="LPPL:Preamble">
+ <title>Preamble</title>
+ <para>The &LaTeX; Project Public License (<acronym>LPPL</acronym>)
+ is the primary license under which the &LaTeX; kernel and the
+ base &LaTeX; packages are distributed.</para>
+ <para>You may use this license for any work of which you hold the
+ copyright and which you wish to distribute. This license may be
+ particularly suitable if your work is &TeX;-related (such as a
+ &LaTeX; package), but it is written in such a way that you can
+ use it even if your work is unrelated to &TeX;.</para>
+ <para>The section <citetitle linkend="LPPL:Distribute"
+ pubwork="section"/>, below, gives instructions, examples, and
+ recommendations for authors who are considering distributing
+ their works under this license.</para>
+ <para>This license gives conditions under which a work may be
+ distributed and modified, as well as conditions under which
+ modified versions of that work may be distributed.</para>
+ <para>We, the &LaTeX3; Project, believe that the conditions below
+ give you the freedom to make and distribute modified versions of
+ your work that conform with whatever technical specifications
+ you wish while maintaining the availability, integrity, and
+ reliability of that work. If you do not see how to achieve your
+ goal while meeting these conditions, then read the document
+ <filename xlink:type="tex">cfgguide</filename> and <filename
+ xlink:type="tex">modguide</filename> in the base &LaTeX;
+ distribution for suggestions.</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 xml:id="LPPL:Definitions">
+ <title>Definitions</title>
+ <para>In this license document the following terms are used:</para>
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Work</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Any work being distributed under this License.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Derived Work</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Any work that under any applicable law is derived from
+ the Work.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Modification</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any
+ applicable law&mdash;for example, the production of a file
+ containing an original file associated with the Work or a
+ significant portion of such a file, either verbatim or
+ with modifications and/or translated into another
+ language.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Modify</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>To apply any procedure that produces a Derived Work
+ under any applicable law.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Distribution</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Making copies of the Work available from one person to
+ another, in whole or in part. Distribution includes (but
+ is not limited to) making any electronic components of the
+ Work accessible by file transfer protocols such as
+ <acronym>FTP</acronym> or <acronym>HTTP</acronym> or by
+ shared file systems such as Sun's Network File System
+ (<acronym>NFS</acronym>).</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Compiled Work</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A version of the Work that has been processed into a
+ form where it is directly usable on a computer system.
+ This processing may include using installation facilities
+ provided by the Work, transformations of the Work, copying
+ of components of the Work, or other activities. Note that
+ modification of any installation facilities provided by
+ the Work constitutes modification of the Work.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Current Maintainer</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A person or persons nominated as such within the Work.
+ If there is no such explicit nomination then it is the
+ <phrase>Copyright Holder</phrase> under any applicable
+ law.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Base Interpreter</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A program or process that is normally needed for
+ running or interpreting a part or the whole of the
+ Work.</para>
+ <para>A Base Interpreter may depend on external components
+ but these are not considered part of the Base Interpreter
+ provided that each external component clearly identifies
+ itself whenever it is used interactively. Unless
+ explicitly specified when applying the license to the
+ Work, the only applicable Base Interpreter is a
+ <phrase>&LaTeX;-Format</phrase> or in the case of files
+ belonging to the <phrase>&LaTeX;-format</phrase> a program
+ implementing the `&TeX; language'.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 xml:id="LPPL:Conditions">
+ <title>Conditions on Distribution and Modification</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Activities other than distribution and/or modification
+ of the Work are not covered by this license; they are
+ outside its scope. In particular, the act of running the
+ Work is not restricted and no requirements are made
+ concerning any offers of support for the Work.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem xml:id="LPPL:item:distribute">
+ <para>You may distribute a complete, unmodified copy of the
+ Work as you received it. Distribution of only part of the
+ Work is considered modification of the Work, and no right to
+ distribute such a Derived Work may be assumed under the
+ terms of this clause.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>You may distribute a Compiled Work that has been
+ generated from a complete, unmodified copy of the Work as
+ distributed under Clause&nbsp;<xref
+ linkend="LPPL:item:distribute"/> above, as
+ long as that Compiled Work is distributed in such a way that
+ the recipients may install the Compiled Work on their system
+ exactly as it would have been installed if they generated a
+ Compiled Work directly from the Work.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem xml:id="LPPL:item:currmaint">
+ <para>If you are the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may,
+ without restriction, modify the Work, thus creating a
+ Derived Work. You may also distribute the Derived Work
+ without restriction, including Compiled Works generated from
+ the Derived Work. Derived Works distributed in this manner
+ by the Current Maintainer are considered to be updated
+ versions of the Work.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you
+ may modify your copy of the Work, thus creating a Derived
+ Work based on the Work, and compile this Derived Work, thus
+ creating a Compiled Work based on the Derived Work.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem xml:id="LPPL:item:conditions">
+ <para>If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you
+ may distribute a Derived Work provided the following
+ conditions are met for every component of the Work unless
+ that component clearly states in the copyright notice that
+ it is exempt from that condition. Only the Current
+ Maintainer is allowed to add such statements of exemption to
+ a component of the Work.</para>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>If a component of this Derived Work can be a direct
+ replacement for a component of the Work when that
+ component is used with the Base Interpreter, then,
+ wherever this component of the Work identifies itself to
+ the user when used interactively with that Base
+ Interpreter, the replacement component of this Derived
+ Work clearly and unambiguously identifies itself as a
+ modified version of this component to the user when used
+ interactively with that Base Interpreter.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Every component of the Derived Work contains
+ prominent notices detailing the nature of the changes to
+ that component, or a prominent reference to another file
+ that is distributed as part of the Derived Work and that
+ contains a complete and accurate log of the
+ changes.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>No information in the Derived Work implies that any
+ persons, including (but not limited to) the authors of
+ the original version of the Work, provide any support,
+ including (but not limited to) the reporting and
+ handling of errors, to recipients of the Derived Work
+ unless those persons have stated explicitly that they do
+ provide such support for the Derived Work.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>You distribute at least one of the following with
+ the Derived Work:</para>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A complete, unmodified copy of the Work; if your
+ distribution of a modified component is made by
+ offering access to copy the modified component from
+ a designated place, then offering equivalent access
+ to copy the Work from the same or some similar place
+ meets this condition, even though third parties are
+ not compelled to copy the Work along with the
+ modified component;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Information that is sufficient to obtain a
+ complete, unmodified copy of the Work.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you
+ may distribute a Compiled Work generated from a Derived
+ Work, as long as the Derived Work is distributed to all
+ recipients of the Compiled Work, and as long as the
+ conditions of Clause&nbsp;<xref
+ linkend="LPPL:item:conditions"/>, above, are met
+ with regard to the Derived Work.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The conditions above are not intended to prohibit, and
+ hence do not apply to, the modification, by any method, of
+ any component so that it becomes identical to an updated
+ version of that component of the Work as it is distributed
+ by the Current Maintainer under Clause&nbsp;<xref
+ linkend="LPPL:item:currmaint"/>, above.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Distribution of the Work or any Derived Work in an
+ alternative format, where the Work or that Derived Work (in
+ whole or in part) is then produced by applying some process
+ to that format, does not relax or nullify any sections of
+ this license as they pertain to the results of applying that
+ process.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A Derived Work may be distributed under a different
+ license provided that license itself honors the
+ conditions listed in Clause&nbsp;<xref
+ linkend="LPPL:item:conditions"/> above, in
+ regard to the Work, though it does not have to honor the
+ rest of the conditions in this license.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>If a Derived Work is distributed under a different
+ license, that Derived Work must provide sufficient
+ documentation as part of itself to allow each recipient
+ of that Derived Work to honor the restrictions in
+ Clause&nbsp;<xref
+ linkend="LPPL:item:conditions"/> above, concerning
+ changes from the Work.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>This license places no restrictions on works that are
+ unrelated to the Work, nor does this license place any
+ restrictions on aggregating such works with the Work by any
+ means.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Nothing in this license is intended to, or may be used
+ to, prevent complete compliance by all parties with all
+ applicable laws.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 xml:id="LPPL:Warranty">
+ <title>No Warranty</title>
+ <para>There is no warranty for the Work. Except when otherwise
+ stated in writing, the Copyright Holder provides the Work
+ <phrase>as is</phrase>, without warranty of any kind, either
+ expressed or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied
+ warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular
+ purpose. The entire risk as to the quality and performance of
+ the Work is with you. Should the Work prove defective, you
+ assume the cost of all necessary servicing, repair, or
+ correction.</para>
+ <para>In no event unless required by applicable law or agreed to
+ in writing will The Copyright Holder, or any author named in the
+ components of the Work, or any other party who may distribute
+ and/or modify the Work as permitted above, be liable to you for
+ damages, including any general, special, incidental or
+ consequential damages arising out of any use of the Work or out
+ of inability to use the Work (including, but not limited to,
+ loss of data, data being rendered inaccurate, or losses
+ sustained by anyone as a result of any failure of the Work to
+ operate with any other programs), even if the Copyright Holder
+ or said author or said other party has been advised of the
+ possibility of such damages.</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 xml:id="LPPL:Maintenance">
+ <title>Maintenance of The Work</title>
+ <para>The Work has the status <phrase>author-maintained</phrase>
+ if the Copyright Holder explicitly and prominently states near
+ the primary copyright notice in the Work that the Work can only
+ be maintained by the Copyright Holder or simply that it is
+ <phrase>author-maintained</phrase>.</para>
+ <para>The Work has the status <phrase>maintained</phrase> if there
+ is a Current Maintainer who has indicated in the Work that they
+ are willing to receive error reports for the Work (for example,
+ by supplying a valid e-mail address). It is not required for the
+ Current Maintainer to acknowledge or act upon these error
+ reports.</para>
+ <para>The Work changes from status <phrase>maintained</phrase> to
+ <phrase>unmaintained</phrase> if there is no Current Maintainer,
+ or the person stated to be Current Maintainer of the work cannot
+ be reached through the indicated means of communication for a
+ period of six months, and there are no other significant signs
+ of active maintenance.</para>
+ <para>You can become the Current Maintainer of the Work by
+ agreement with any existing Current Maintainer to take over this
+ role.</para>
+ <para>If the Work is unmaintained, you can become the Current
+ Maintainer of the Work through the following steps:</para>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Make a reasonable attempt to trace the Current
+ Maintainer (and the Copyright Holder, if the two differ)
+ through the means of an Internet or similar search.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>If this search is successful, then enquire whether the
+ Work is still maintained.</para>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>If it is being maintained, then ask the Current
+ Maintainer to update their communication data within one
+ month.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem xml:id="LPPL:item:intention">
+ <para>If the search is unsuccessful or no action to resume
+ active maintenance is taken by the Current Maintainer,
+ then announce within the pertinent community your
+ intention to take over maintenance. (If the Work is a
+ &LaTeX; work, this could be done, for example, by
+ posting to <uri type="news">comp.text.tex</uri>.)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>If the Current Maintainer is reachable and agrees to
+ pass maintenance of the Work to you, then this takes
+ effect immediately upon announcement.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem xml:id="LPPL:item:announce">
+ <para>If the Current Maintainer is not reachable and the
+ Copyright Holder agrees that maintenance of the Work be
+ passed to you, then this takes effect immediately upon
+ announcement.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem xml:id="LPPL:item:change">
+ <para>If you make an <phrase>intention announcement</phrase>
+ as described in&nbsp;<xref
+ linkend="LPPL:item:intention"/> above and after three
+ months your intention is challenged neither by the Current
+ Maintainer nor by the Copyright Holder nor by other people,
+ then you may arrange for the Work to be changed so as to
+ name you as the (new) Current Maintainer.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>If the previously unreachable Current Maintainer becomes
+ reachable once more within three months of a change
+ completed under the terms of&nbsp;<xref
+ linkend="LPPL:item:announce"/>
+ or&nbsp;<xref linkend="LPPL:item:change"/>, then that
+ Current
+ Maintainer must become or remain the Current Maintainer upon
+ request provided they then update their communication data
+ within one month.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>A change in the Current Maintainer does not, of itself,
+ alter the fact that the Work is distributed under the
+ <acronym>LPPL</acronym> license.</para>
+ <para>If you become the Current Maintainer of the Work, you should
+ immediately provide, within the Work, a prominent and
+ unambiguous statement of your status as Current Maintainer. You
+ should also announce your new status to the same pertinent
+ community as in&nbsp;<xref linkend="LPPL:item:intention"/>
+ above.</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 xml:id="LPPL:Distribute">
+ <title>Whether and How to Distribute Works under This
+ License</title>
+ <para>This section contains important instructions, examples, and
+ recommendations for authors who are considering distributing
+ their works under this license. These authors are addressed as
+ <wordasword>you</wordasword> in this section.</para>
+ <sect2 xml:id="LPPL:Choosing">
+ <title>Choosing This License or Another License</title>
+ <para>If for any part of your work you want or need to use
+ <emphasis>distribution</emphasis> conditions that differ
+ significantly from those in this license, then do not refer to
+ this license anywhere in your work but, instead, distribute
+ your work under a different license. You may use the text of
+ this license as a model for your own license, but your license
+ should not refer to the <acronym>LPPL</acronym> or otherwise
+ give the impression that your work is distributed under the
+ <acronym>LPPL</acronym>.</para>
+ <para>The document <filename
+ xlink:type="tex">modguide</filename> in the base &LaTeX;
+ distribution explains the motivation behind the conditions of
+ this license. It explains, for example, why distributing
+ &LaTeX; under the <acronym>GNU</acronym> General Public
+ License (<acronym>GPL</acronym>) was considered inappropriate.
+ Even if your work is unrelated to &LaTeX;, the discussion in
+ <filename xlink:type="tex">modguide</filename> may still be
+ relevant, and authors intending to distribute their works
+ under any license are encouraged to read it.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 xml:id="LPPL:WithoutDistribution">
+ <title>A Recommendation on Modification Without
+ Distribution</title>
+ <para>It is wise never to modify a component of the Work, even
+ for your own personal use, without also meeting the above
+ conditions for distributing the modified component. While you
+ might intend that such modifications will never be
+ distributed, often this will happen by accident&mdash;you may
+ forget that you have modified that component; or it may not
+ occur to you when allowing others to access the modified
+ version that you are thus distributing it and violating the
+ conditions of this license in ways that could have legal
+ implications and, worse, cause problems for the community. It
+ is therefore usually in your best interest to keep your copy
+ of the Work identical with the public one. Many works provide
+ ways to control the behavior of that work without altering any
+ of its licensed components.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 xml:id="LPPL:HowTo">
+ <title>How to Use This License</title>
+ <para>To use this license, place in each of the components of
+ your work both an explicit copyright notice including your
+ name and the year the work was authored and/or last
+ substantially modified. Include also a statement that the
+ distribution and/or modification of that component is
+ constrained by the conditions in this license.</para>
+ <para>Here is an example of such a notice and statement:</para>
+ <programlisting>
+%%% pig.dtx
+%%% Copyright 2005 M. Y. Name
+%%
+%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%% The latest version of this license is in
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%%
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+%%
+%% The Current Maintainer of this work is M. Y. Name.
+%%
+%% This work consists of the files pig.dtx and pig.ins
+%% and the derived file pig.sty.
+ </programlisting>
+ <para>Given such a notice and statement in a file, the
+ conditions given in this license document would apply, with
+ the <wordasword>Work</wordasword> referring to the three files
+ <filename xlink:type="dtx">pig</filename>, <filename
+ xlink:type="ins">pig</filename>, and <filename
+ xlink:type="sty">pig</filename> (the last being generated
+ from <filename xlink:type="dtx">pig</filename> using <filename
+ xlink:type="ins">pig</filename>), the <phrase>Base
+ Interpreter</phrase> referring to any
+ <phrase>&LaTeX;-Format</phrase>, and both <phrase>Copyright
+ Holder</phrase> and <phrase>Current Maintainer</phrase>
+ referring to the person
+ <personname>M.&nbsp;Y.&nbsp;Name</personname>.</para>
+ <para>If you do not want the Maintenance section of
+ <acronym>LPPL</acronym> to apply to your Work, change
+ <wordasword>maintained</wordasword> above into
+ <phrase>author-maintained</phrase>. However, we recommend that
+ you use <wordasword>maintained</wordasword> as the Maintenance
+ section was added in order to ensure that your Work remains
+ useful to the community even when you can no longer maintain
+ and support it yourself.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 xml:id="LPPL:NotReplacements">
+ <title>Derived Works That Are Not Replacements</title>
+ <para>Several clauses of the <acronym>LPPL</acronym> specify
+ means to provide reliability and stability for the user
+ community. They therefore concern themselves with the case
+ that a Derived Work is intended to be used as a (compatible or
+ incompatible) replacement of the original Work. If this is not
+ the case (e.g., if a few lines of code are reused for a
+ completely different task), then clauses 6b and 6d shall not
+ apply.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 xml:id="LPPL:Recommendations">
+ <title>Important Recommendations</title>
+ <sect3>
+ <title>Defining What Constitutes the Work</title>
+ <para>The <acronym>LPPL</acronym> requires that distributions
+ of the Work contain all the files of the Work. It is
+ therefore important that you provide a way for the licensee
+ to determine which files constitute the Work. This could,
+ for example, be achieved by explicitly listing all the files
+ of the Work near the copyright notice of each file or by
+ using a line such as:</para>
+ <programlisting>
+%% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
+ </programlisting>
+ <para>in that place. In the absence of an unequivocal list it
+ might be impossible for the licensee to determine what is
+ considered by you to comprise the Work and, in such a case,
+ the licensee would be entitled to make reasonable
+ conjectures as to which files comprise the Work.</para>
+ </sect3>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+</chapter>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/prepost.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/prepost.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a61f0268df0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/prepost.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,648 @@
+<!DOCTYPE refsection
+ PUBLIC "+//Silmaril//DTD DocBook 5.0 for DocTeX//EN" "doctexbook-master.dtd">
+<!-- This is the lookup table prepost.xml used by the db2dtx.xsl
+ program, part of the classpack package for maintaining LaTeX
+ packages and document classes. It is documented in the manual for
+ classpack.
+
+ To sort the contents of this file by package name, use the command
+ lxsort refsection/procedure step @remap prepost.xml
+
+ To list the packages specified, use the command
+ lxprintf -e step "%s %s\n" ancestor::procedure/@xml:id @remap prepost.xml
+-->
+<refsection>
+ <title>Commands to use before and after packages</title>
+ <procedure xml:id="prepackage">
+ <!-- FONTS -->
+ <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="fix-cm">
+ <para>Allow infinitely-variable font scaling.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="avant">
+ <para>Adobe Avant Garde as the default sans-serif typeface.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="mathdesign">
+ <para>Use the alternate MathDesign fonts for mathematics.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="charter">
+ <para>Bitstream Charter as the default typeface</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="courier">
+ <para>Adobe Courier as the default monospace (typewriter)
+ typeface.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls doc sty" remap="emerald">
+ <para>Collection of handwriting typefaces.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step remap="dejavu" condition="cls sty doc" conformance="nosc">
+ <para>Sets the DejaVu typeface as the default.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty doc" remap="DejaVuSans" conformance="nosc">
+ <para>Sets the DejaVu typeface as the default sans-serif typeface.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty doc" remap="DejaVuSerif" conformance="nosc">
+ <para>Sets the DejaVu typeface as the default serif typeface.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="eucal">
+ <para>Add the AMS Euler calligraphic math letters.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="aller">
+ <para>Sans-serif typeface by Dalton Maag available free from
+ <uri>http://www.fontsquirrel.com/fonts/Aller</uri></para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="amssymb">
+ <para>Provide for the American Mathematical Society's symbols
+ (see their documentation for details).</para>
+ </step>
+ <step role="utf8x" remap="inputenc" condition="cls sty">
+ <para>UTF-8 is the default character set, to allow for use of
+ any character in any writing system. Some characters are not
+ specified for all fonts, so may have to be specified
+ manually.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="doc" remap="inputenc" role="utf8x">
+ <constructorsynopsis condition=""/>
+ <constraintdef>
+ <cmdsynopsis>
+ <command>\let\SavedShow\show</command>
+ </cmdsynopsis>
+ </constraintdef>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="fontenc" role="T1">
+ <para>Extended font encoding to handle UTF-8.</para>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition=""/>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="marvosym">
+ <para>Selection of symbols by Martin Vogel, including the Euro
+ sign.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="helvet" role="scaled=0.8667">
+ <para>Adobe Helvetica as the default sans-serif typeface.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="lmodern">
+ <para>The updated Computer Modern typeface as the default.</para>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition=""/>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="manfnt">
+ <para>Knuth's <wordasword>manual</wordasword> font (as in
+ <citetitle>The &TeX;book</citetitle>), used for symbols.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="mathptmx">
+ <para>Adobe Times New Roman as the default serif typeface, with
+ extended (non-Adobe) Times math.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="warnock">
+ <para>Serif typeface by Robert Slimbach available under licence
+ from Adobe.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="pslatex">
+ <para>Provides Times, Helvetica, and Courier, but chiefly used
+ for its specially-narrowed Courier.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="doc" remap="mflogo">
+ <para>Provides the &METAFONT; and &METAPOST; logos.</para>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition=""/>
+ </step>
+ <!-- BIBLIO -->
+ <step condition="doc" remap="apacite">
+ <para>Bibliographic commands and formatting for the American
+ Psychological Association journals.</para>
+ <constraintdef>
+ <cmdsynopsis>
+ <command>\AtBeginDocument{\edef\ApaciteRestoreAtCode{\catcode`@=\the\catcode`@\relax}}</command>
+ </cmdsynopsis>
+ </constraintdef>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="bibunits">
+ <para>Provision for per-chapter bibliographies.</para>
+ </step>
+ <!-- UTILS -->
+ <step remap="array" condition="cls sty doc">
+ <para>Additional column formatting for tables.</para>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition="tgroup">
+ </constructorsynopsis>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition="colspec">
+ <methodparam>
+ <parameter>condition</parameter>
+ </methodparam>
+ <methodparam>
+ <parameter>colwidth</parameter>
+ </methodparam>
+ <methodparam>
+ <parameter>char</parameter>
+ <modifier>m</modifier>
+ </methodparam>
+ <methodparam>
+ <parameter>char</parameter>
+ <modifier>b</modifier>
+ </methodparam>
+ </constructorsynopsis>
+ </step>
+ <step remap="dcolumn" condition="doc">
+ <para>Column formatting for decimal-aligned values</para>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition="colspec">
+ <methodparam>
+ <parameter>align</parameter>
+ <modifier>char</modifier>
+ </methodparam>
+ </constructorsynopsis>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="babel">
+ <para>Add H&ampers;J support and cultural changes for many
+ languages.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="calc">
+ <para>Required for the calculation of extra widths for margin
+ adjustment.</para>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition=""/>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls" remap="ccaption">
+ <para>Allows modifications to the layout of table and figure
+ captions.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step remap="etoolbox" condition="doc cls sty">
+ <para>An e-&TeX; toolbox for class and package authors</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty doc" remap="draftwatermark">
+ <para>Allow the creation of a background watermark saying
+ <wordasword>DRAFT</wordasword>.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls doc sty" remap="enumitem" role="inline">
+ <para>List variants: inline and compact. THIS REPLACES PARALIST
+ AND MDWLIST.</para>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition="orderedlist">
+ <methodparam>
+ <parameter>spacing</parameter>
+ <modifier>compact</modifier>
+ </methodparam>
+ </constructorsynopsis>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition="itemizedlist">
+ <methodparam>
+ <parameter>spacing</parameter>
+ <modifier>compact</modifier>
+ </methodparam>
+ </constructorsynopsis>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition="variablelist">
+ </constructorsynopsis>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="fancybox">
+ <para>This provides round-cornered and drop-shadow boxes.</para>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition="guibutton"/>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition="sidebar"/>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="fancyhdr">
+ <para>Do running headers and footers.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="fancyvrb">
+ <para>Add more robust verbatim facilities.</para>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition="programlisting"/>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="textcase">
+ <para>Provides a more sophisticated casing function than the
+ default.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="float">
+ <para>Allows redesigning of floats and creation of new float
+ types.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="fmtcount">
+ <para>Allows for the automated formatting of ordinal
+ representations of numbers and counters as strings (eg first,
+ second, third, etc).</para>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition="xref">
+ <methodparam>
+ <funcparams>linkend</funcparams>
+ <modifier>varlistentry</modifier>
+ </methodparam>
+ <methodparam>
+ <funcparams>linkend</funcparams>
+ <modifier>listitem</modifier>
+ </methodparam>
+ </constructorsynopsis>
+ </step>
+<!-- defaults for Letter
+* driver: pdftex
+* paper: letterpaper
+* layout: <same size as paper>
+* layoutoffset:(h,v)=(0.0pt,0.0pt)
+* modes:
+* h-part:(L,W,R)=(72.26999pt, 469.75502pt, 72.26999pt)
+* v-part:(T,H,B)=(72.26999pt, 650.43001pt, 72.26999pt)
+* \paperwidth=614.295pt
+* \paperheight=794.96999pt
+* \textwidth=469.75502pt
+* \textheight=650.43001pt
+* \oddsidemargin=0.0pt
+* \evensidemargin=0.0pt
+* \topmargin=-37.0pt
+* \headheight=12.0pt
+* \headsep=25.0pt
+* \topskip=10.0pt
+* \footskip=30.0pt
+* \marginparwidth=65.0pt
+* \marginparsep=11.0pt
+* \columnsep=10.0pt
+* \skip\footins=9.0pt plus 4.0pt minus 2.0pt
+* \hoffset=0.0pt
+* \voffset=0.0pt
+* \mag=1000
+* \@twocolumnfalse
+* \@twosidefalse
+* \@mparswitchfalse
+* \@reversemarginfalse
+* (1in=72.27pt=25.4mm, 1cm=28.453pt)
+-->
+<!-- defaults for A4
+* driver: pdftex
+* paper: a4paper
+* layout: <same size as paper>
+* layoutoffset:(h,v)=(0.0pt,0.0pt)
+* modes:
+* h-part:(L,W,R)=(71.13188pt, 455.24411pt, 71.13188pt)
+* v-part:(T,H,B)=(71.13188pt, 702.78308pt, 71.13188pt)
+* \paperwidth=597.50787pt
+* \paperheight=845.04684pt
+* \textwidth=455.24411pt
+* \textheight=702.78308pt
+* \oddsidemargin=-1.1381pt
+* \evensidemargin=-1.1381pt
+* \topmargin=-38.1381pt
+* \headheight=12.0pt
+* \headsep=25.0pt
+* \topskip=10.0pt
+* \footskip=30.0pt
+* \marginparwidth=57.0pt
+* \marginparsep=11.0pt
+* \columnsep=10.0pt
+* \skip\footins=9.0pt plus 4.0pt minus 2.0pt
+* \hoffset=0.0pt
+* \voffset=0.0pt
+* \mag=1000
+* \@twocolumnfalse
+* \@twosidefalse
+* \@mparswitchfalse
+* \@reversemarginfalse
+* (1in=72.27pt=25.4mm, 1cm=28.453pt)
+-->
+ <step condition="doc" remap="geometry"
+ role="textwidth=150mm,textheight=8.5in">
+ <!-- width from A4, height from Letter, assuming 25mm/1in margins -->
+ <para>Needed to allow resettable left margin to take account of
+ whatever the widest macro name is; and to adjust margins on
+ default base article package so that the document fits
+ acceptably on both A4 and Letter paper. Assuming a 25mm (1in)
+ margin, this means a text area of
+ \[\min\big\{8½″-2″\,\big\|\,210\mbox{mm}-2″\big\}×
+ \min\big\{9″-2″\,\big\|\,297\mbox{mm}-2″\big\}\]which I
+ calculate as 6.27″×9″ or 159mm\,×\,229mm.</para>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition=""/>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="geometry">
+ <para>Package for establishing margins and text area.</para>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition=""/>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="graphicx">
+ <para>Provide for graphics (PNG, JPG, or PDF format (only) for
+ pdflatex; EPS format (only) for standard &LaTeX;).</para>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition="imagedata">
+ <methodparam>
+ <parameter>fileref</parameter>
+ </methodparam>
+ </constructorsynopsis>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="hyperref">
+ <para>Provides complex settings for making hypertext (clickable)
+ links in PDF and PS output for URIs, cross-references, and
+ bibliographic citations.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="ifpdf">
+ <para>Allow detection of PDF or DVI mode.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="ifsym" role="geometry">
+ <para>Geometric symbols from the <filename>if</filename>
+ fonts.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="ifthen">
+ <para>Package to enable if--then--else conditional
+ processing.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="lipsum">
+ <para>Package to generate <wordasword>Greeked</wordasword> text
+ (actually cod-Latin) as a placeholder.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="listings">
+ <para>Provides syntactic fontification or formatting
+ (<phrase>pretty-printing</phrase>) of verbatim text according to
+ the computer language used.</para>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition="programlisting">
+ </constructorsynopsis>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="makeidx">
+ <para>Package for creating indexes.</para>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition=""/>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="mdwlist">
+ <para>DEPRECATED: USE ENUMITEM. Mark Wooding's package for
+ compact lists.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="minitoc">
+ <para>Provides a <wordasword>mini</wordasword> (per-chapter or
+ per-section) Table of Contents.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="multicol">
+ <para>Provides multi-column typesetting.</para>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition="simplelist">
+ <methodparam>
+ <parameter>role</parameter>
+ <modifier>twocol</modifier>
+ </methodparam>
+ </constructorsynopsis>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition="orderedlist">
+ <methodparam>
+ <parameter>role</parameter>
+ <modifier>twocol</modifier>
+ </methodparam>
+ </constructorsynopsis>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition="procedure">
+ <methodparam>
+ <parameter>role</parameter>
+ <modifier>twocol</modifier>
+ </methodparam>
+ </constructorsynopsis>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty doc" remap="multirow">
+ <para>Provides multi-column typesetting.</para>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition="entry">
+ <methodparam>
+ <parameter>morerows</parameter>
+ </methodparam>
+ </constructorsynopsis>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="nicefrac">
+ <para>Slanted fractions, even in math mode.</para>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition=""/>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="paralist">
+ <para>DEPRECATED: USE ENUMITEM. Provides for in-line lists.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="parskip">
+ <para>Creates paragraphs separated by white-space with no
+ indentation.</para>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition=""/>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="pdfpages">
+ <para>Allow embedding of individual pages from another PDF
+ document.</para>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition="imagedata">
+ <methodparam>
+ <parameter>format</parameter>
+ <modifier>pdf</modifier>
+ </methodparam>
+ </constructorsynopsis>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="ragged2e">
+ <para>Allow hyphenation in ragged setting.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="sectsty">
+ <para>Allows the section headings to be re-styled.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="setspace">
+ <para>Provide 1½ or double line spacing.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="soul">
+ <para>Provides letter-spacing, strikeout, and underlining.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="textcomp">
+ <para>Additional commands for common symbols and punctuation.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="ucccrest">
+ <para>University College Cork crest (restricted).</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="ulem" role="normalem">
+ <para>Underlining as an option (<emphasis>not</emphasis>
+ automatically replacing italics).</para>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition="link">
+ </constructorsynopsis>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="url">
+ <para>Handling of URI formatting.</para>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition="ulink">
+ </constructorsynopsis>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition="uri">
+ </constructorsynopsis>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition="email">
+ </constructorsynopsis>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition="">
+ <methodparam>
+ <parameter>methodsynopsis</parameter>
+ <modifier>href</modifier>
+ </methodparam>
+ </constructorsynopsis>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="doc" remap="chicago">
+ <para>University of Chicago reference and citation style.</para>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition="bibliography">
+ <methodparam>
+ <parameter>xreflabel</parameter>
+ <modifier>chicago</modifier>
+ </methodparam>
+ </constructorsynopsis>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="varioref">
+ <para>Provides extended formatting of cross-references.</para>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition="xref"/>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="xargs">
+ <para>Allow for multiple optional arguments.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="xcolor" role="svgnames">
+ <para>Provide color.</para>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition=""/>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <procedure xml:id="postpackage">
+ <step condition="doc" remap="apacite">
+ <constraintdef>
+ <cmdsynopsis>
+ <command>\AtBeginDocument{\ApaciteRestoreAtCode}</command>
+ </cmdsynopsis>
+ </constraintdef>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="doc" remap="dox">
+ <para>Provides extra documentation commands to
+ distinguish types of macro being defined.</para>
+ <constructorsynopsis condition=""/>
+ <constraintdef>
+ <cmdsynopsis>
+ <!-- define the names -->
+ <command>\doxitem{Attribute}{attribute}{attributes}</command>
+ <command>\doxitem{AttributeValue}{attributevalue}{attribute values}</command>
+ <command>\doxitem{Class}{class}{classes}</command>
+ <command>\doxitem{Colour}{colour}{colours}</command>
+ <command>\doxitem{Counter}{counter}{counters}</command>
+ <command>\doxitem{DTD}{dtd}{DTDs/Schemas}</command>
+ <command>\doxitem{Element}{element}{element types}</command>
+ <command>\doxitem{Entity}{entity}{entities}</command>
+ <command>\doxitem{Error}{error}{errors}</command>
+ <command>\doxitem{Function}{function}{functions}</command>
+ <command>\doxitem[macrolike]{Length}{length}{lengths}</command>
+ <command>\doxitem{Mode}{mode}{mode}</command>
+ <command>\doxitem{Option}{option}{options}</command>
+ <command>\doxitem{Package}{package}{packages}</command>
+ <command>\doxitem{Template}{template}{templates}</command>
+ <!-- a narrow font to display the tags in the userdoc -->
+ <command>\newcommand{\LabelFont}[2][\relax]{\strut
+ {\fontencoding\encodingdefault
+ \fontfamily{lmtt}\fontseries{lc}\selectfont#1#2}\space}</command>
+ <!-- how to print them in the margin -->
+ <command>\def\PrintDescribeAttribute#1{\LabelFont{@#1}}</command>
+ <command>\def\PrintDescribeAttributeValue#1{\LabelFont[\itshape]{#1}}</command>
+ <command>\def\PrintDescribeClass#1{\LabelFont{#1}}</command>
+ <command>\def\PrintDescribeColour#1{\LabelFont[\color{#1}]{#1}}</command>
+ <command>\def\PrintDescribeCounter#1{\LabelFont{#1}}</command>
+ <command>\def\PrintDescribeDTD#1{\LabelFont{#1}}</command>
+ <command>\def\PrintDescribeElement#1{\LabelFont{&lt;#1&gt;}}</command>
+ <command>\def\PrintDescribeEntity#1{\LabelFont{\&amp;#1;}}</command>
+ <command>\def\PrintDescribeError#1{\LabelFont[\color{Red}!]{#1}}</command>
+ <command>\def\PrintDescribeFunction#1{\LabelFont{#1}}</command>
+ <command>\def\PrintDescribeLength#1{\LabelFont{#1}}</command>
+ <command>\def\PrintDescribeMode#1{\LabelFont[\sffamily]{\textlangle#1\textrangle}}</command>
+ <command>\def\PrintDescribeOption#1{\LabelFont[\itshape]{#1}}</command>
+ <command>\def\PrintDescribePackage#1{\LabelFont{#1}}</command>
+ <command>\def\PrintDescribeTemplate#1{\LabelFont[\fontfamily{lmss}\fontseries{sbc}\selectfont]{#1}}</command>
+ </cmdsynopsis>
+ </constraintdef>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="enumitem" role="inline">
+ <constraintdef>
+ <cmdsynopsis>
+ <command>\setlist[description]{style=unboxed}</command>
+ </cmdsynopsis>
+ </constraintdef>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="doc" remap="inputenc" role="utf8x">
+ <constraintdef>
+ <cmdsynopsis>
+ <command>\AtBeginDocument{\let\show\SavedShow}</command>
+ <command>\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{9251}{\textvisiblespace}</command>
+ </cmdsynopsis>
+ </constraintdef>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty" remap="inputenc" role="utf8x">
+ <constraintdef>
+ <cmdsynopsis>
+ <command>\PrerenderUnicode{–}</command>
+ <command>\PrerenderUnicode{š}</command>
+ <command>\PrerenderUnicode{ć}</command>
+ <command>\PrerenderUnicode{Å}</command>
+ </cmdsynopsis>
+ </constraintdef>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="doc" remap="listings">
+ <para>Provides better formatting of listings, with syntactic
+ highlighting for &LaTeX; and other languages.</para>
+ <constraintdef>
+ <cmdsynopsis>
+ <command>\lstdefinelanguage[DocBook]{XML}
+ {morekeywords={abstract,address,affiliation,annotation,arg,author,
+ book,chapter,classname,cmdsynopsis,command,constraintdef,contrib,
+ copyright,cover,date,email,emphasis,envar,filename,firstname,
+ footnote,guibutton,guilabel,guimenu,guimenuitem,guisubmenu,
+ holder,info,itemizedlist,listitem,literal,member,option,
+ orderedlist,orgdiv,orgname,package,para,parameter,part,
+ personname,phrase,procedure,productname,programlisting,quote,
+ refsection,remark,constructorsynopsis,methodparan,modifier,
+ funcparams,olink,bibliography,biblioentry,biblioset,subtitle,
+ artpagenums,volumenum,issuenum,
+ releaseinfo,replaceable,revdescription,revhistory,revision,
+ sect1,sect2,sect3,sect4,seg,seglistitem,segmentedlist,segtitle,
+ simplelist,step,surname,systemitem,tag,term,title,uri,userinput,
+ variablelist,varlistentry,wordasword,xref,year,xml:id,xlink:href},}
+ </command>
+ <command>\lstdefinelanguage[TEI]{XML}
+ {morekeywords={TEI.2,teiHeader,div2,head,p,num,val,xml:id},
+ }[keywords,comments,strings]
+ </command>
+ <command>\lstloadlanguages{[LaTeX]TeX,[DocBook]XML,XSLT,bash,R}</command>
+ <command>\lstset{basicstyle=\small\color{Black}\ttfamily,
+ literate=
+ {Ö}{{\"O}}1
+ {Ä}{{\"A}}1
+ {Ü}{{\"U}}1
+ {ß}{{\ss}}2
+ {ü}{{\"u}}1
+ {á}{{\'a}}1
+ {é}{{\'e}}1
+ {í}{{\'i}}1
+ {ó}{{\'o}}1
+ {ú}{{\'u}}1
+ {ä}{{\"a}}1
+ {ö}{{\"o}}1,
+ keywordstyle=\color{DarkGreen}\bfseries,
+ commentstyle=\color{Gray}\upshape,
+ stringstyle=\color{DarkRed}\upshape,
+ emphstyle=\color{MediumBlue}\itshape,
+ showstringspaces=false,
+ columns=fullflexible,
+ keepspaces=true}</command>
+ </cmdsynopsis>
+ </constraintdef>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="makeidx">
+ <constraintdef>
+ <cmdsynopsis>
+ <command>\makeindex</command>
+ </cmdsynopsis>
+ </constraintdef>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="doc" remap="nicefrac">
+ <constraintdef>
+ <cmdsynopsis>
+ <command>\def\textonehalf{\ensuremath{\nicefrac12}}</command>
+ </cmdsynopsis>
+ </constraintdef>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="doc" remap="sectsty">
+ <constraintdef>
+ <cmdsynopsis>
+ <command>\allsectionsfont{\sffamily}</command>
+ <command>\renewcommand*{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\hspace\labelsep
+ \sffamily\bfseries #1}</command>
+ </cmdsynopsis>
+ </constraintdef>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="doc sty cls" remap="varioref">
+ <constraintdef>
+ <cmdsynopsis>
+ <command>\vrefwarning</command>
+ <command>\labelformat{chapter}{Chapter~#1}</command>
+ <command>\labelformat{chapter}{\@chapapp~#1}</command>
+ <command>\labelformat{section}{section~#1}</command>
+ <command>\labelformat{subsection}{section~#1}</command>
+ <command>\labelformat{subsubsection}{section~#1}</command>
+ <command>\labelformat{paragraph}{section~#1}</command>
+ <command>\labelformat{figure}{Figure~#1}</command>
+ <command>\labelformat{table}{Table~#1}</command>
+ <command>\labelformat{item}{item~#1}</command>
+ <command>\renewcommand{\reftextcurrent}{elsewhere on this
+ page}</command>
+ <command>\def\reftextafter{on the
+ \reftextvario{next}{following} page}</command>
+ </cmdsynopsis>
+ </constraintdef>
+ </step>
+ <step condition="cls sty doc" remap="xcolor">
+ <para>There seems to be a bug in the T1 encoding of some package
+ (unidentified, but possibly <package>xcolor</package>) which
+ uses the command <command>T1</command>, which is an
+ impossibility (no digits allowed in command names). So we fake
+ it here to stop &LaTeX; complaining, by dropping the first
+ argument on the floor.</para>
+ <constraintdef>
+ <cmdsynopsis>
+ <command>\@ifundefined{T}{\newcommand{\T}[2]{{\fontencoding{T1}\selectfont#2}}}{}</command>
+ </cmdsynopsis>
+ </constraintdef>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+</refsection>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/readme.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/readme.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f87175b79fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/readme.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "+//Silmaril//DTD DocBook 5.0//EN"
+ "/dtds/docbook/docbook-5.0/dtd/docbook.dtd" [
+<!ENTITY TeX "TeX">
+<!ENTITY LaTeX "LaTeX">
+<!ENTITY BiBTeX "BiBTeX">
+<!ENTITY LaTeX3 "LaTeX3">
+<!ENTITY mdash " — ">
+<!ENTITY nbsp " ">
+<!ENTITY thinsp " ">
+<!ATTLIST sect1 targetptr CDATA #IMPLIED type CDATA #IMPLIED>
+<!ATTLIST anchor targetptr CDATA #IMPLIED type CDATA #IMPLIED>
+]>
+<chapter xml:id="readme" version="0.03" xml:lang="en:IE"
+ revision="2012-06-16" annotations="Copyright © 2012 &LaTeX3; Project">
+ <title>README</title>
+ <para>This is the README file for the <olink targetptr="book"
+ type="xml:id"/> <olink targetptr="book" type="arch"/>.</para>
+ <sect1 targetptr="abstract" type="content">
+ <title>Summary</title>
+ <anchor targetptr="abstract" type="*" remap="title"/>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Normal installation</title>
+ <para>This <olink targetptr="book" type="arch"/> is distributed as
+ a <filename>.tds.zip</filename> file (TDS is the &TeX; Directory
+ Structure, the standard layout for a modern &TeX; installation).
+ Install it on any personal <acronym>TDS</acronym>-compliant
+ &TeX; system by unzipping it into your personal &TeX; directory
+ (folder). This will put all the files into the right places, so
+ you can start using them immediately.</para>
+ <para>If you haven't yet created a personal &TeX; directory, see
+ below for details of what one is, and how to create it.</para>
+ <para>On a shared (multiuser) system like a server, unzip it into
+ the <varname>$TEXMFLOCAL</varname> directory instead (see
+ below), and run your &TeX; directory-indexing program (eg
+ <productname>texhash</productname>,
+ <productname>mktexlsr</productname>,
+ <productname>Update&nbsp;FNDB</productname>, etc) so that
+ everyone can use it.</para>
+ <para>If you are using an old non-<acronym>TDS</acronym>-compliant
+ system, see below under Manual Installation.</para>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Your personal &TeX; directory</title>
+ <para>This is a directory (folder) on single-user systems like
+ desktops and laptops where you put all your local manual
+ modifications, updates, and additions such as classes,
+ packages, and fonts. The name and location are fixed:</para>
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Apple Mac OS&thinsp;X</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><systemitem>~/Library/texmf</systemitem></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Unix and GNU/Linux</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><systemitem>~/texmf</systemitem></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>MS-Windows 95/XP</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><systemitem>C:\texmf</systemitem></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>MS-Windows 2007 and above</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><systemitem>Computer\System\<replaceable>YOURNAME</replaceable>\texmf</systemitem></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ <para>Create that folder if it does not already exist.</para>
+ <warning>
+ <title>If you are a Windows user running
+ <productname>MiK&TeX;</productname></title>
+ <para>When you create the folder, you must add it to
+ <productname>MiK&TeX;</productname>'s list of supported
+ folders. Run the <productname>MiK&TeX;
+ Maintenance/Settings</productname> program, select the
+ <guilabel>Roots</guilabel> tab, and add the folder. You only
+ have to do this once.</para>
+ <para>Each time you add or remove software in your personal
+ &TeX; folder, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> also click on
+ the <guibutton>Update FNDB</guibutton> button in the
+ <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab.</para>
+ </warning>
+ <para>Unix (Mac and GNU/Linux) users do not need to (indeed,
+ should not) run their filename database indexer
+ (<productname>mktexlsr</productname> or
+ <productname>texhash</productname>) for files put in
+ your personal &TeX; directory.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Installation on shared systems</title>
+ <para>On multi-user systems (Unix-based), identify the shared
+ local directory tree with the command</para>
+ <programlisting>kpsewhich -expand-var '$TEXMFLOCAL'</programlisting>
+ <para>This will give you the location of the shared
+ <filename>texmf</filename> directory into which you must
+ install these files.</para>
+ <para>Do not forget to run the
+ <productname>texhash</productname> or
+ <productname>mktexlsr</productname> (filename indexer) program
+ after installation, otherwise the files will not be found by
+ &LaTeX; and nothing will work!</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Manual installation (non-TDS systems)</title>
+ <para>To install this software manually, unzip the zip file into a
+ temporary directory and move the <filename><olink
+ targetptr="book" type="xml:id"/>.<olink targetptr="book"
+ type="userlevel"/></filename> file from the
+ <filename>tex/latex/<olink targetptr="book"
+ type="xml:base"/></filename> directory to a location
+ (directory/folder) where &LaTeX; will find it on your system.
+ This referred to in some documentation as <phrase>the
+ <varname>TEXINPUTS</varname> directory</phrase>, although it
+ may be called something else on your system.</para>
+ <para><emphasis>It is your responsibility to know where this
+ location is.</emphasis> See the question in the &TeX;
+ <acronym>FAQ</acronym> at
+ <uri>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=inst-wlcf</uri>
+ for more information. If you do not know, or cannot find it, or
+ do not have access to it, your &TeX; system may be out of date
+ need replacing.</para>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Last resort</title>
+ <para>In an emergency, and as a last resort on unmanageable
+ systems, it is possible simply to put the <filename><olink
+ targetptr="book" type="xml:id"/>.<olink targetptr="book"
+ type="userlevel"/></filename> file in your current working
+ directory (the same folder as your <filename>.tex</filename>
+ file[s]).</para>
+ <para>While this may work, it is not supported, and may lead to
+ other resources (packages, fonts, etc) not being found.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Usage</title>
+ <para>Make this the first line of your &LaTeX; document:</para>
+ <programlisting condition="class">\documentclass[options]{<olink
+ targetptr="book" type="xml:id"/>}</programlisting>
+ <programlisting condition="package">\usepackage[options]{<olink
+ targetptr="book" type="xml:id"/>}</programlisting>
+ <para>Read the documentation for the options available. The
+ documentation is distributed as a <acronym>PDF</acronym>
+ document in the zip file. You can also regenerate it by
+ typesetting the <filename><olink targetptr="book"
+ type="xml:id"/>.dtx</filename> file with &LaTeX; (and
+ &BiBTeX; and <productname>makeindex</productname>) in the normal
+ way.</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 xml:id="bugs">
+ <title>Bugs and TODO</title>
+ <para>No outstanding reported bugs at the time of this version.</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 targetptr="copright" type="content">
+ <title>Copyright</title>
+ <para>The following statement is included in the source code:</para>
+ <anchor targetptr="copyright" type="*"/>
+ </sect1>
+</chapter>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/test.sh b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/test.sh
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d001b026c70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/test.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+# This is a test script
+echo Hello, World!
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/support/classpack/classpack.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/support/classpack/classpack.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..39c95c16fb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/support/classpack/classpack.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,3028 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Extracted from classpack.xml
+% classpack.dtx is copyright © 2012-2013 by Peter Flynn <peter@silmaril.ie>
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+%
+% The current maintainer of this work is Peter Flynn <peter@silmaril.ie>
+%
+% This work consists of the files classpack.dtx and classpack.ins,
+% the derived file classpack.sty, and any ancillary files listed
+% in the MANIFEST.
+%
+% \fi
+% \iffalse
+%<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2011/06/27]
+%<package>\ProvidesPackage{classpack}[2013/05/28 v0.77
+%<package> XML mastering for LaTeX classes and packages]
+%<*driver>
+\PassOptionsToPackage{svgnames}{xcolor}
+\documentclass[12pt]{ltxdoc}
+%%
+%% Packages added automatically
+%%
+\let\SavedShow\show
+\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}% was detected.
+\AtBeginDocument{\let\show\SavedShow}
+\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{9251}{\textvisiblespace}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}% was detected.
+\usepackage{lmodern}% was detected.
+\usepackage{mflogo}% was detected.
+\usepackage{array}% tgroup was detected.
+\usepackage{calc}% was detected.
+\usepackage[inline]{enumitem}% orderedlist/@spacing='compact' was detected.
+\setlist[description]{style=unboxed}
+\usepackage{fancybox}% guibutton was detected.
+\usepackage{fancyvrb}% programlisting was detected.
+\usepackage{fmtcount}% xref/@linkend='varlistentry' was detected.
+\usepackage[textwidth=150mm,textheight=8.5in]{geometry}% was detected.
+\usepackage{listings}% programlisting was detected.
+\lstdefinelanguage[DocBook]{XML} {morekeywords={abstract,address,affiliation,annotation,arg,author, book,chapter,classname,cmdsynopsis,command,constraintdef,contrib, copyright,cover,date,email,emphasis,envar,filename,firstname, footnote,guibutton,guilabel,guimenu,guimenuitem,guisubmenu, holder,info,itemizedlist,listitem,literal,member,option, orderedlist,orgdiv,orgname,package,para,parameter,part, personname,phrase,procedure,productname,programlisting,quote, refsection,remark,constructorsynopsis,methodparan,modifier, funcparams,olink,bibliography,biblioentry,biblioset,subtitle, artpagenums,volumenum,issuenum, releaseinfo,replaceable,revdescription,revhistory,revision, sect1,sect2,sect3,sect4,seg,seglistitem,segmentedlist,segtitle, simplelist,step,surname,systemitem,tag,term,title,uri,userinput, variablelist,varlistentry,wordasword,xref,year,xml:id,xlink:href},}
+\lstdefinelanguage[TEI]{XML} {morekeywords={TEI.2,teiHeader,div2,head,p,num,val,xml:id}, }[keywords,comments,strings]
+\lstloadlanguages{[LaTeX]TeX,[DocBook]XML,XSLT,bash,R}
+\lstset{basicstyle=\small\color{Black}\ttfamily, literate= {Ö}{{\"O}}1 {Ä}{{\"A}}1 {Ü}{{\"U}}1 {ß}{{\ss}}2 {ü}{{\"u}}1 {á}{{\'a}}1 {é}{{\'e}}1 {í}{{\'i}}1 {ó}{{\'o}}1 {ú}{{\'u}}1 {ä}{{\"a}}1 {ö}{{\"o}}1, keywordstyle=\color{DarkGreen}\bfseries, commentstyle=\color{Gray}\upshape, stringstyle=\color{DarkRed}\upshape, emphstyle=\color{MediumBlue}\itshape, showstringspaces=false, columns=fullflexible, keepspaces=true}
+\usepackage{makeidx}% was detected.
+\makeindex
+\usepackage{nicefrac}% was detected.
+\def\textonehalf{\ensuremath{\nicefrac12}}
+\usepackage{parskip}% was detected.
+\usepackage{url}% uri was detected.
+\usepackage{varioref}% xref was detected.
+\vrefwarning
+\labelformat{chapter}{Chapter~#1}
+\makeatletter
+\labelformat{chapter}{\@chapapp~#1}
+\makeatother
+\labelformat{section}{section~#1}
+\labelformat{subsection}{section~#1}
+\labelformat{subsubsection}{section~#1}
+\labelformat{paragraph}{section~#1}
+\labelformat{figure}{Figure~#1}
+\labelformat{table}{Table~#1}
+\labelformat{item}{item~#1}
+\renewcommand{\reftextcurrent}{elsewhere on this page}
+\def\reftextafter{on the \reftextvario{next}{following} page}
+\usepackage[svgnames]{xcolor}% was detected.
+\makeatletter
+\@ifundefined{T}{\newcommand{\T}[2]{{\fontencoding{T1}\selectfont#2}}}{}
+\makeatother
+\usepackage{dox}% was detected.
+\doxitem{Attribute}{attribute}{attributes}
+\doxitem{AttributeValue}{attributevalue}{attribute values}
+\doxitem{Class}{class}{classes}
+\doxitem{Colour}{colour}{colours}
+\doxitem{Counter}{counter}{counters}
+\doxitem{DTD}{dtd}{DTDs/Schemas}
+\doxitem{Element}{element}{element types}
+\doxitem{Entity}{entity}{entities}
+\doxitem{Error}{error}{errors}
+\doxitem{Function}{function}{functions}
+\doxitem[macrolike]{Length}{length}{lengths}
+\doxitem{Mode}{mode}{mode}
+\doxitem{Option}{option}{options}
+\doxitem{Package}{package}{packages}
+\doxitem{Template}{template}{templates}
+\newcommand{\LabelFont}[2][\relax]{\strut {\fontencoding\encodingdefault \fontfamily{lmtt}\fontseries{lc}\selectfont#1#2}\space}
+\makeatletter
+\def\PrintDescribeAttribute#1{\LabelFont{@#1}}
+\makeatother
+\def\PrintDescribeAttributeValue#1{\LabelFont[\itshape]{#1}}
+\def\PrintDescribeClass#1{\LabelFont{#1}}
+\def\PrintDescribeColour#1{\LabelFont[\color{#1}]{#1}}
+\def\PrintDescribeCounter#1{\LabelFont{#1}}
+\def\PrintDescribeDTD#1{\LabelFont{#1}}
+\def\PrintDescribeElement#1{\LabelFont{<#1>}}
+\def\PrintDescribeEntity#1{\LabelFont{\&#1;}}
+\def\PrintDescribeError#1{\LabelFont[\color{Red}!]{#1}}
+\def\PrintDescribeFunction#1{\LabelFont{#1}}
+\def\PrintDescribeLength#1{\LabelFont{#1}}
+\def\PrintDescribeMode#1{\LabelFont[\sffamily]{\textlangle#1\textrangle}}
+\def\PrintDescribeOption#1{\LabelFont[\itshape]{#1}}
+\def\PrintDescribePackage#1{\LabelFont{#1}}
+\def\PrintDescribeTemplate#1{\LabelFont[\fontfamily{lmss}\fontseries{sbc}\selectfont]{#1}}
+\usepackage{apacite}
+%%
+%% Packages added by author
+%%
+\usepackage{dejavu}
+\usepackage{textgreek}
+\usepackage{classpack}
+%%
+%% Settings for docstrip and latexdoc
+%%
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\CodelineIndex
+\RecordChanges
+\newlength{\revmarg}
+\setlength{\revmarg}{1in}
+\newcommand{\vstrut}{\vrule height1.2em depth.6667ex width0pt}
+\newcommand{\prestrut}{\vrule height1em width0pt}
+\newcommand{\poststrut}{\vrule depth.5ex width0pt}
+\begin{document}\raggedright\hyphenation{ele-ment attri-bute-value}
+ \DocInput{classpack.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+%
+% \CheckSum{45}
+%
+% \CharacterTable
+% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%
+% \changes{v0.77}{2013/05/28}{Removed unwanted definitions: classorpackage.}
+% \changes{v0.76}{2013/05/05}{Modified documentation: Started working on Makefile.}
+% \changes{v0.75}{2013/03/14}{Added secondary files: Secondary output files possible; reversed usage of role attribute on keywords;.}
+% \changes{v0.74}{2013/02/21}{Added experimental autopackage: This implements automated package inclusion based on the markup used by the author..}
+% \changes{v0.73}{2012/06/19}{Added readme.xml and db2plaintext.xsl: This implements dynamic README generation..}
+% \changes{v0.72}{2012/02/11}{Wrote internal documentation: Created the classpack.xml template as an example..}
+% \changes{v0.71}{2012/02/08}{First time this was used to document itself: The title element and subtitle element are now subsumed beneath the generated title in the output..}
+%
+% \GetFileInfo{classpack.dtx}
+%
+% \DoNotIndex{\@,\@@par,\@beginparpenalty,\@empty}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@flushglue,\@gobble,\@input}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@makefnmark,\@makeother,\@maketitle}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@ne,\@spaces,\@tempa}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@tempb,\@tempswafalse,\@tempswatrue}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@thanks,\@thefnmark,\@topnum}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@@,\@elt,\@forloop,\@fortmp,\@gtempa,\@totalleftmargin}
+% \DoNotIndex{\",\/,\@ifundefined,\@nil,\@verbatim,\@vobeyspaces}
+% \DoNotIndex{\|,\~,\ ,\active,\advance,\aftergroup,\begingroup,\bgroup}
+% \DoNotIndex{\mathcal,\csname,\def,\documentstyle,\dospecials,\edef}
+% \DoNotIndex{\egroup}
+% \DoNotIndex{\else,\endcsname,\endgroup,\endinput,\endtrivlist}
+% \DoNotIndex{\expandafter,\fi,\fnsymbol,\futurelet,\gdef,\global}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hbox,\hss,\if,\if@inlabel,\if@tempswa,\if@twocolumn}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ifcat,\iffalse,\ifx,\ignorespaces,\index,\input,\item}
+% \DoNotIndex{\jobname,\kern,\leavevmode,\leftskip,\let,\llap,\lower}
+% \DoNotIndex{\m@ne,\next,\newpage,\nobreak,\noexpand,\nonfrenchspacing}
+% \DoNotIndex{\obeylines,\or,\protect,\raggedleft,\rightskip,\rm,\sc}
+% \DoNotIndex{\setbox,\setcounter,\small,\space,\string,\strut}
+% \DoNotIndex{\strutbox}
+% \DoNotIndex{\thefootnote,\thispagestyle,\topmargin,\trivlist,\tt}
+% \DoNotIndex{\twocolumn,\typeout,\vss,\vtop,\xdef,\z@}
+% \DoNotIndex{\,,\@bsphack,\@esphack,\@noligs,\@vobeyspaces,\@xverbatim}
+% \DoNotIndex{\`,\catcode,\end,\escapechar,\frenchspacing,\glossary}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hfil,\hfill,\hskip,\hspace,\ht,\it,\langle}
+% \DoNotIndex{\leaders,\long,\makelabel,\marginpar,\markboth,\mathcode}
+% \DoNotIndex{\mathsurround,\mbox,\newcount,\newdimen,\newskip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\nopagebreak}
+% \DoNotIndex{\parfillskip,\parindent,\parskip,\penalty,\raise,\rangle}
+% \DoNotIndex{\section,\setlength,\TeX,\topsep,\underline,\unskip,\verb}
+% \DoNotIndex{\vskip,\vspace,\widetilde,\\,\%,\@date,\@defpar}
+% \DoNotIndex{\[,\{,\},\]}
+% \DoNotIndex{\count@,\ifnum,\loop,\today,\uppercase,\uccode}
+% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\tw@}
+% \DoNotIndex{\a,\b,\c,\d,\e,\f,\g,\h,\i,\j,\k,\l,\m,\n,\o,\p,\q}
+% \DoNotIndex{\r,\s,\t,\u,\v,\w,\x,\y,\z,\A,\B,\C,\D,\E,\F,\G,\H}
+% \DoNotIndex{\I,\J,\K,\L,\M,\N,\O,\P,\Q,\R,\S,\T,\U,\V,\W,\X,\Y,\Z}
+% \DoNotIndex{\1,\2,\3,\4,\5,\6,\7,\8,\9,\0}
+% \DoNotIndex{\!,\#,\$,\&,\',\(,\),\+,\.,\:,\;,\<,\=,\>,\?,\_}
+% \DoNotIndex{\discretionary,\immediate,\makeatletter,\makeatother}
+% \DoNotIndex{\meaning,\newenvironment,\par,\relax,\renewenvironment}
+% \DoNotIndex{\repeat,\scriptsize,\selectfont,\the,\undefined}
+% \DoNotIndex{\arabic,\do,\makeindex,\null,\number,\show,\write,\@ehc}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@author,\@ehc,\@ifstar,\@sanitize,\@title,\everypar}
+% \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage,\if@restonecol,\ifeof,\ifmmode}
+% \DoNotIndex{\lccode,\newtoks,\onecolumn,\openin,\p@,\SelfDocumenting}
+% \DoNotIndex{\settowidth,\@resetonecoltrue,\@resetonecolfalse,\bf}
+% \DoNotIndex{\clearpage,\closein,\lowercase,\@inlabelfalse}
+% \DoNotIndex{\selectfont,\mathcode,\newmathalphabet,\rmdefault}
+% \DoNotIndex{\bfdefault,\DeclareRobustCommand}
+% \DoNotIndex{\varname}
+% \DoNotIndex{\section}
+% \DoNotIndex{\subsection}
+% \DoNotIndex{\raggedright}
+% \DoNotIndex{\sffamily}
+% \DoNotIndex{\usepackage}
+% \DoNotIndex{\title}
+% \DoNotIndex{\author}
+% \DoNotIndex{\abstractname}
+% \DoNotIndex{\changes}
+% \DoNotIndex{\RequirePackage}
+% \DoNotIndex{\LoadPackage}
+% \DoNotIndex{\makeindex}
+% \DoNotIndex{\makeatletter}
+% \DoNotIndex{\makeatother}
+% \DoNotIndex{\def}
+% \DoNotIndex{\newwrite}
+% \DoNotIndex{\classorpackage}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@@doxdescribe}
+% \DoNotIndex{\build}
+% \DoNotIndex{\label}
+% \DoNotIndex{\small}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ttfamily}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cite}
+% \DoNotIndex{\citefield}
+% \DoNotIndex{\url}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ref}
+% \DoNotIndex{\parskip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\java}
+% \DoNotIndex{\./build}
+% \setcounter{secnumdepth}{5}
+% \setcounter{tocdepth}{5}
+% \setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}
+% \setlength{\columnsep}{3pc}
+%
+% \def\fileversion{0.77}
+% \def\filedate{2013/05/28}
+% \title{The \textsf{classpack} \LaTeXe\ package\thanks{%
+% This document corresponds to \textsf{classpack}
+% \textit{v.}\ \fileversion, dated \filedate.}\enspace\thanks{%
+% Development has been supported by UCC Electronic Publishing Unit.}
+% \\[1em]\Large
+% XML mastering for \LaTeX{} classes and packages}
+% \author{Peter Flynn\\\normalsize Silmaril Consultants\\[-.25ex]\normalsize Textual Therapy Division\\\normalsize(\url{peter@silmaril.ie})}
+% \maketitle
+% \renewcommand{\abstractname}{Summary}\thispagestyle{empty}
+% \begin{abstract}
+% \parskip=0.5\baselineskip
+% \advance\parskip by 0pt plus 2pt
+% \parindent=0pt% \noindent
+% \LaTeX{} document classes and packages are normally
+% created, maintained, and distributed in
+% {\ttfamily{}.dtx} format using the
+% \textsf{ltxdoc} class, which provides facilities for
+% modular or fragmentary coding combined with interleaved
+% documentation. However, the accurate construction of these
+% files is technically challenging.\par
+% \emph{ClassPack} allows a developer to
+% create an XML document containing user documentation and
+% annotated code, based on the
+% \emph{DocBook} vocabulary (with some minor
+% abuses). An XSLT2 script then generates the
+% {\ttfamily{}.dtx} and {\ttfamily{}.ins} files,
+% ensuring that all the relevant pieces are emitted in the
+% correct order and in the correct syntax.\par
+% This is experimental software, and is incomplete. It has
+% been successfully used in-house by the author since 2008 for
+% several institutional and commercial packages and classes.
+% There are some known deficiencies which remain to be
+% corrected, and some legacy code (originally included for one
+% specific package) which needs to be removed to an external
+% file.\par
+% A paper describing the system has been accepted for the
+% Balisage markup conference 2013 in Montréal.\par
+% \end{abstract}
+% \clearpage
+% \tableofcontents
+% \clearpage
+% \section{Introduction}
+% \LaTeX{} document classes (templates) and packages (styles)
+% are traditionally distributed as pairs of
+% {\ttfamily{}.dtx} and{\ttfamily{}.ins} files,
+% written to the specifications and recommendations of the
+% \textsf{doc}, \textsf{ltxdoc}, and
+% \textsf{clsguide} packages.\par
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item The {\ttfamily{}.dtx} (Doc\TeX{}) file is a
+% literate-programming document, containing modular code and
+% annotations interleaved in such a way that each fragment
+% of code and its explanation are adjacent;
+% \item The {\ttfamily{}.ins} file is an installer:
+% when run through \LaTeX{}, it extracts the code from the
+% {\ttfamily{}.dtx} file into the relevant class
+% ({\ttfamily{}.cls}), package
+% ({\ttfamily{}.sty}), and other files;
+% \item Running \LaTeX{} on the {\ttfamily{}.dtx} file
+% itself extracts and typesets the documentation.
+% \end{itemize}
+% The construction of a {\ttfamily{}.dtx} document
+% is quite complex, with a special set of tags and conventions
+% to allow documentation to be separately identifiable to code.
+% The file format relies on the documentation being shielded by
+% a leading percent-space (\verb|%␣|) armour
+% on each line to prevent it being interpreted as part of the
+% code; and the environment tags surrounding the code itself
+% must be shielded by four such spaces
+% (\verb|%␣␣␣␣|). Apart from the
+% documentation, the treatment of the code and control
+% statements resembles more a data specification (which in some
+% ways it is) than a conventional text document.\par
+% XML, particularly in its traditional
+% `document' mode, as distinct from its
+% use as a data exchange format, offers many similar features to
+% \LaTeX{} (for example, the named identification of document
+% components), but with a rigid and invariable syntax that can
+% be checked programmatically by any validating XML processor.
+% By contrast, a \LaTeX{} document (and more specifically, a
+% {\ttfamily{}.dtx} document) can only be proved by
+% running it through \LaTeX{} itself: there is no equivalent to
+% the `pre-flight' type of standalone parsing or
+% validating available with XML.\par
+% The \emph{DocBook} vocabulary of XML
+% is designed for technical documentation in computing. It
+% provides markup both for textual documentation
+% \emph{and} for data-like structures that occur
+% in computer documentation, making it a viable candidate for
+% describing a literate-programming type of document such as
+% Doc\TeX{}.\par
+% The \emph{ClassPack} system is an
+% experiment in using \emph{DocBook} XML as
+% the storage format for \LaTeX{} class and package source code,
+% using the XLST2 language to transform the XML into pairs of
+% {\ttfamily{}.dtx} and {\ttfamily{}.ins} files.
+% There are a number of advantages to this approach:\par
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item XML's syntax and document construction is extremely
+% robust, and the design of the language means that an XML
+% file can be machine-checked for errors of syntax and
+% construction;
+% \item XML markup is traditionally self-descriptive, with
+% element types being named according to what they are
+% intended to contain. For example, a variable name can be
+% marked up as
+% \verb|<varname>foo</varname>|.\par
+% While it is perfectly possible to create a
+% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}varname} control sequence (macro) to do
+% the same in \LaTeX{}, it is rarely done. Instead, authors
+% have typically preferred to use visual formatting like
+% \verb|\textit{foo}| for italics or
+% \verb|\verb+foo+| for monospace type.
+% This method means the variable reference is not
+% immediately identifiable as containing a variable
+% name~--- it could be anything;
+% \item Given suitably-descriptive markup, sharing document
+% fragments between applications can be done
+% programmatically, so a fragment implementing a \LaTeX{}
+% feature (with its associated documentation) can be re-used
+% in other class and package applications at the XML level
+% (eg with XInclude, or as an external entity) without the
+% need for manual cutting and pasting;
+% \item \label{xmltools}There is a very wide range of software (editors and
+% processors, both free and non-free) available to handle
+% XML documents, including a lot of useful tools for
+% document management and information extraction.
+% \end{itemize}
+% Everything comes at a cost. The drawbacks of using XML for
+% this include:\par
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item It's another language to learn. Despite being so
+% widespread, it's not yet a common skill. In particular,
+% programmers dislike XML because it's a markup language,
+% not a programming language, and the syntax is different
+% from that of programming languages;
+% \item Although there is plenty of software for editing XML,
+% it is not well-developed for text documents in synchronous
+% typographic form (often called
+% `WYSIWYG'); even the best or most
+% expensive editors are designed for XML experts, not for
+% the average user.
+% \end{itemize}
+% \subsection{Contents}
+% The \emph{ClassPack} framework is
+% enabled by two principal software components:\par
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item An XML vocabulary (the
+% \emph{DocBook}~{\small DTD}\index{DTD}
+% or Schema) used for naming the component parts of
+% documentation and code, and specifying where they belong
+% and how they fit together;
+% \item An XSLT2 script to implement the logic of
+% combination and separation needed to create the
+% {\ttfamily{}.dtx} and {\ttfamily{}.ins}
+% files.
+% \end{enumerate}
+% The XML vocabulary used is
+% \emph{DocBook}, which is in widespread
+% use for the documentation of computer systems, and is
+% well-supported on all platforms. The current system uses
+% version 5. Although it is highly modular and easily adapted
+% for many purposes, only a few minor changes have been made
+% for its use here, but a number of element types have been
+% put to uses not envisaged by the developers.\par
+% This habit of using (some say, abusing) XML markup for
+% different purposes is very common, and often deprecated
+% because it is usually undocumented. This document explains
+% what has been [ab]used and for what reasons. Once this
+% system settles down, a more formal expression of the
+% vocabulary can be made from the RNG source, removing the
+% parts that are not required, and making it simpler to edit
+% with.\par
+% The adaptation of \emph{DocBook} in
+% this version subsists mainly in the addition of some
+% attributes and entity declarations to allow the conversion
+% to \LaTeX{} of special characters and other features that
+% would otherwise involve extensive re-parsing of the
+% character data content (text). The changes also implement a
+% few modifications to the way the \LaTeX{} code is output by
+% the XSLT2 program for typographical purposes.\par
+% As an example, the entity defining the em rule character
+% \texttt{\&mdash;} is declared as a \LaTeX{}
+% tie (non-breaking space) followed by an em rule followed by
+% a normal space (\verb|~---␣|), so that it
+% can be used between words~--- like this~--- without the
+% need to worry about special spacing in the XML, or the
+% inadvertent breaking of a line before the rule:\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=XML]
+can be used between words&mdash;like this&mdash;without the
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% If a
+% document style requires the use of unspaced dashes, all that
+% needs changing is the entity declaration, not the whole
+% document.\par
+% The current driver in Document Type
+% Definition~(\textsc{dtd})\index{Document Type Definition|see{DTD}}\index{DTD|textbf} format is listed in \vref{savedtd}, and is distributed as file
+% {\ttfamily{}doctexbook.dtd} so that it can be
+% referenced as such in a document without having to copy and
+% paste the declarations into every document.\par
+% \subsection{Invocation}\label{invocation}
+% To create or edit a \emph{ClassPack}
+% XML document you must have the
+% \emph{ClassPack} DTD
+% \emph{and} the DocBook DTD installed and known
+% to your XML editor. The DTD customisation file,
+% {\ttfamily{}docbooktex.dtd} is distributed with this
+% package; an RNG schema version will be available in the
+% future.\par
+% With the DTD, the standard procedure is to specify it in
+% the first line of your XML document. Your class or package
+% documents must therefore start with a Document Type
+% Declaration. This can specify the Formal
+% Public Identifier~(\textsc{fpi})\index{Formal Public Identifier|see{FPI}}\index{FPI|textbf} and the filename of the
+% DTD:\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=XML]
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC
+ "+//Silmaril//DTD DocBook 5.0 for DocTeX//EN"
+ "doctexbook.dtd">
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% or
+% you can omit the {\small FPI}\index{FPI} and specify the DTD as a \texttt{SYSTEM} keyword instead:\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=XML]
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book SYSTEM "doctexbook.dtd">
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% The DTD file {\ttfamily{}doctexbook.dtd} can be
+% anywhere on your system: in these examples it is assumed to
+% be in the same directory as your document. If you store it
+% elsewhere, just give the full filepath, for example:\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=XML]
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book SYSTEM "/usr/local/lib/xml/dtds/doctexbook.dtd">
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% When you open a document starting like this, a
+% conformant XML editor will look for
+% {\ttfamily{}doctexbook.dtd} and read it, so that it
+% then knows the names of all the element types that you can
+% use, and how they fit together into a document.\par
+% \subsection{Document structure}
+% Every XML document must have one outermost enclosing
+% element (the `root' element) which
+% holds everything else. The root element type used in a
+% ClassPack document is \texttt{book}, as described in
+% detail in \vref{setup}.\par
+% Within the \texttt{book} element, the
+% \emph{metadata} (information about the
+% document) is held in an \texttt{info} element, the
+% \emph{user documentation} in a \texttt{part}
+% element with the ID of \texttt{doc}, and the
+% \emph{annotated code} in a second
+% \texttt{part} element, with the ID of
+% \texttt{code}.\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book SYSTEM "doctexbook.dtd">
+<book>
+ <info>...</info>
+ <part xml:id="doc">...</part>
+ <part xml:id="code">...</part>
+ <part xml:id="files">...</part>
+</book>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% An optional third \texttt{part} with the ID of
+% \texttt{files} can be used to include ancillary files that
+% are to be recreated as-is, without separate annotation or
+% display, such as sample data or example documents (see \vref{ancfiles}).\par
+% Ancillary files that require annotating must go in the
+% \texttt{code} part as described in
+% \vref{secfiles}.\par
+% \subsubsection{User documentation}
+% The documentation for the end user is descriptive text
+% which explains how to use the package or class. The main
+% division within a ClassPack \texttt{part} is the
+% \texttt{chapter}, which can contain \texttt{sect1}
+% sections, which can contain \texttt{sect2} subsections,
+% and so on, as described in
+% \vref{hierarchy}. User documentation must go in
+% a \texttt{chapter} and its sub-elements: it must not be
+% directly in the \texttt{part}.\par
+% (Because the \textsf{latexdoc} package is
+% based on the \textsf{article} package, the
+% ClassPack \texttt{chapter}\thinspace{}s become
+% \textsf{latexdoc}~{\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}section}s;
+% the ClassPack \texttt{sect1}\thinspace{}s become
+% \textsf{latexdoc}~{\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}subsection}s,
+% and so on.)\par
+% \paragraph{Structure}
+% Your document can use most of the conventional
+% structural features of any DocBook document: paragraphs,
+% lists, figures, tables, and examples of code (both
+% illustrative and for extraction) as described in \vref{pool}. Most of the specialist constructs of
+% DocBook are not implemented in ClassPack except for a
+% few used in the \texttt{info} section for setup
+% purposes. You should refer to the list of markup in
+% \vref{pool} for exactly which element types
+% do what.\par
+% \paragraph{Inline markup}
+% Within the text you can use much of the conventional
+% semantic markup provided in
+% \emph{DocBook} as described in \vref{flow}.\par
+% \subsubsection{Annotated code}
+% In the \texttt{code} Part, you annotate the inner
+% workings of your package or class. The use of the
+% \texttt{chapter} and \texttt{sect1} divisional
+% structure is also mandated here: everything within the
+% chapters is regarded as the package or class.\par
+% Your code can be explained in fragments, either as
+% alternating \texttt{para} and \texttt{programlisting}
+% elements, or as \texttt{annotation} elements, each one
+% describing a single macro or environment or other object,
+% and containing \texttt{para} and
+% \texttt{programlisting} (this makes it indexable). See
+% the examples in \vref{pool}.\par
+% \subsubsection{Ancillary files}\label{ancfiles}
+% There are two types of extractable ancillary
+% file:\par
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item Ancillary files to be annotated and extracted
+% along with the class or package file must each go in
+% their own \texttt{appendix} element immediately
+% after the last of the \texttt{chapter} element of
+% the package or class in the \texttt{code}
+% Part
+% \item Ancillary files which just need to be extracted
+% whole, and do not have any separate documentation must
+% go in the \texttt{files} Part as described in \vref{ancfiles}.
+% \end{itemize}
+% \subsection{Tooling up}
+% You need the following tools:\par
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item an XML editor: I use
+% \emph{Emacs} with
+% \emph{psgml-mode} and
+% \emph{xxml-mode}, but any competent
+% XML editor will do
+% \item an XSLT2 processor: I use
+% \emph{Saxon} (this also means I
+% installed \emph{Java})
+% \item a full installation of \LaTeX{}
+% \item a PDF reader
+% \item XML tools: I find the
+% \emph{LTxml2} toolkit from Edinburgh
+% University invaluable for ad-hoc querying of
+% documents.
+% \end{itemize}
+% \clearpage
+% \section{Setting up a ClassPack document}
+% Using \emph{ClassPack} to create and
+% maintain \LaTeX{} classes and packages requires the following
+% initial steps. These are only done once, at the start of a new
+% class or package. A few items need periodic updating, such as
+% the version number, when it changes; the revision history; and
+% the list of packages, as and when needed.\par
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item setting up the configuration (see \vref{setup})
+% to specify the name, date, version, type, audience, status,
+% and other key metadata;
+% \item setting up the documentary metadata (see \vref{metadata}) such as the title, author, contact
+% details, abstract, and the initial entry in the revision
+% history;
+% \item setting up the list of packages (see \vref{constraints}) required for
+% \begin{enumerate*}[label=\emph{\alph*})]
+% \item the documentation (see \vref{docpax})
+% and
+% \item the class or package itself (see \vref{classtypax})
+% \end{enumerate*}, plus any additional initialization
+% commands needed for the documentation.
+% \end{enumerate}
+% \emph{Note particularly that the list of packages
+% required by the class or package itself is
+% \emph{not} stored inline to the code of the
+% class or package. It is stored separately for reasons that
+% are explained in detail in \vref{constraints}.}\par
+% \subsection{Configuration and setup}\label{setup}
+% The \texttt{book} element is the outermost container
+% for the document. It is used to carry the configuration
+% information in attributes, for example:\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
+<book xml:id="classpack" arch="class" version="0" revision="71"
+ status="beta" conformance="LaTeX2e" condition="2011-06-27"
+ os="all" audience="lppl" security="0" vendor="Silmaril"
+ xml:base="tex/latex" xlink:role="xxx" userlevel="cls"
+ annotations="\raggedright" remap="a4paper,12pt">
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% \begin{description}[style=unboxed]
+% \item[\texttt{xml:id}\thinspace:]\label{rootid}This \textsc{must} be the
+% name of the class or package. It will be used as the
+% \LaTeX{} filename (with {\ttfamily{}.cls} or
+% {\ttfamily{}.sty} and
+% {\ttfamily{}.ins} added automatically), so it
+% \textsc{should} be all lowercase
+% and \textsc{must} consist of
+% letters, digits, and hyphens only, starting with a
+% letter.\par
+% The XML rules for IDs require this restriction,
+% which currently makes it impossible to use ClassPack
+% to maintain a class or packages whose name begins with
+% a digit.
+% \item[\texttt{arch}\thinspace:]\label{arch}The `architecture' of the
+% document, which defines the type of file you are going
+% to produce; this must be either \texttt{"class"} or \texttt{"package"}, corresponding
+% exactly with the value of the \texttt{userlevel}
+% attribute below.
+% \item[\texttt{userlevel}\thinspace:]\label{userlevel}The file type of the class or package document;
+% this must be either {\ttfamily{}cls} or
+% {\ttfamily{}sty}, corresponding
+% exactly with the value of the \texttt{arch}
+% attribute above.
+% \item[\texttt{version}\thinspace:]The major version of the class or package.
+% Conventionally, development (α) or pre-release
+% (β) versions of software start at version
+% zero.
+% \item[\texttt{revision}\thinspace:]\label{revno}The sub-version or release of your class or
+% package. This is combined with the major version
+% number, separated by a dot, to produce the complete
+% version number.\par
+% The most recent revision history entry gets tested
+% against this when the file is processed, and an error
+% message is displayed if the version numbers do not
+% match, as a warning that you have updated one without
+% updating the other, and may therefore have forgotten
+% to document a change (see the \texttt{revision}
+% element in
+% `\textbf{\texttt{revhistory}}', the last item in the list in \vref{revhist}).
+% \item[\texttt{status}\thinspace:]The development status of the class or package, eg
+% \texttt{"alpha"}, \texttt{"beta"}, \texttt{"candidate"}, \texttt{"draft"}, \texttt{"final"}, etc.
+% \item[\texttt{conformance}\thinspace:]The \TeX{} format required to process the
+% {\ttfamily{}.dtx} document. Only the value
+% \texttt{"LaTeX2e"} is supported at
+% the moment.
+% \item[\texttt{condition}\thinspace:]The version of the format identified in \texttt{conformance}, expressed as an
+% ISO date (\texttt{"yyyy-mm-dd"}).\par
+% Note that this is \emph{not} in the
+% \LaTeX{} format
+% ({\ttfamily{}yyyy/mm/dd}).
+% \item[\texttt{os}\thinspace:]The operating system[s] for which the class or
+% package is relevant. Currently, only the value \texttt{"all"} is supported.
+% \item[\texttt{audience}\thinspace:]The licence under which the class or package is
+% made available. For normal publicly-available \LaTeX{}
+% classes or packages which will be uploaded to CTAN,
+% use the value \texttt{"lppl"}
+% (\LaTeX{} Project Public Licence).\par
+% A copy of the LPPL is distributed with ClassPack
+% in a file called {\ttfamily{}lppl.xml}, which
+% must be copied or soft-linked (aliased) to each
+% directory in which you process ClassPack
+% documents.\par
+% Classes or packages for private or commercial use
+% will probably need to use another value, but it is
+% used as a filename, so a {\ttfamily{}.xml}
+% file with that name must exist in the directory in
+% which your ClassPack document is processed. It must
+% contain a
+% \emph{DocBook}~\texttt{chapter}
+% element containing the text of the licence, which will
+% be included at the end of the documentation.
+% \item[\texttt{security}\thinspace:]The checksum value emitted by
+% \textsf{ltxdoc} when it processes your class
+% or package to format your documentation. See the
+% documentation for the \textsf{ltxdoc} package for details.\par
+% Setting this to zero avoids the \LaTeX{} error
+% message during early development, when every edit
+% would change the checksum. As with the version values,
+% you must update this value, if non-zero, to match the
+% one that \textsf{ltxdoc} reports.
+% \item[\texttt{vendor}\thinspace:]Your name, or the name of the organisation
+% responsible for the work on this class or package.
+% \item[\texttt{remap}\thinspace:]Any options to pass to the
+% \textsf{ltxdoc} package, such as
+% \textbf{\texttt{a4paper}}, \textbf{\texttt{12pt}},
+% etc.\par
+% This, and the following \texttt{annotations}
+% attribute, make it easier to change the global
+% formatting of the documentation.
+% \item[\texttt{annotations}\thinspace:]Any \LaTeX{} commands required for global
+% application at the start of the documentation that
+% cannot easily be included anywhere else (eg
+% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}raggedright},
+% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}sffamily}, etc).
+% \item[\texttt{xml:base}\thinspace:]The name of the \emph{subdirectory}
+% where the resulting {\ttfamily{}.cls} or
+% {\ttfamily{}.sty} file should be installed in
+% a TDS-compliant \TeX{} installation, relative to the
+% {\ttfamily{}texmf/tex/latex} directory of the
+% tree. For most packages, this means the name of the
+% directory you want created by the installation
+% {\ttfamily{}.tds.zip} file, in which the
+% {\ttfamily{}.cls} or {\ttfamily{}.sty}
+% file will be put.
+% \item[\texttt{xlink:role}\thinspace:]\label{selfspec}\textsc{Optional}. If this
+% is set to a value, then the package being written will
+% be included in the setup for the documentation
+% (perhaps so that it can be used in examples), with the
+% value of this attribute being used as the optional
+% argument to the generated
+% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}usepackage} command.\par
+% If the package is required with no options, use
+% this attribute but set it to null (\texttt{""}). The date constraint is
+% added automatically, using the current package date as
+% defined by the most recent entry in the
+% \texttt{revhistory}.\par
+% Note that this only works for packages, not
+% classes. Classes cannot not be documented using
+% themselves.
+% \end{description}
+% It is essential to get these values correct, otherwise
+% subsequent processing will produce unexpected
+% results, or no results at all.\par
+% \subsection{Metadata}\label{metadata}
+% The titling, specification of packages (separately for
+% the documentation and for the class or package itself),
+% revision history, abstract, copyright, and availability are
+% all kept at the top of the document in an element called
+% \texttt{info}, immediately after the \texttt{book} start-tag:\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
+<info>
+ <cover>...</cover>
+ <!-- THE METADATA STARTS HERE -->
+ <title>XML mastering for &amp;LaTeX; document classes...
+ <author>...
+ <copyright>...
+ <releaseinfo>http://latex.silmaril.ie/software</releaseinfo>
+ <annotation>...
+ <abstract>...
+ <revhistory>...
+</info>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% Of these, the \texttt{cover} element is the most
+% complex, as it is [ab]used to hold all the details of
+% packages and settings required for the class or package
+% \emph{and} for the production of the
+% documentation. It therefore gets the whole of
+% \vref{constraints} to itself.\par
+% The other metadata element types are more obvious, and
+% largely use the \emph{DocBook} markup as
+% intended.\par
+% \begin{description}[style=unboxed]
+% \item[\texttt{title}\thinspace:]This contains the title of the class or package in
+% natural language. This is \emph{not} the
+% content of the {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}title} command in
+% \LaTeX{} terms, in the {\ttfamily{}.dtx} file,
+% which is automatically preset to the phrase
+% `The \textsf{{\itshape name}}
+% \LaTeXe{} document class' (or
+% `package'; where
+% {\itshape name} is the name of your
+% class or package as specified in the \texttt{xml:id} attribute of the
+% \texttt{book} root element).\par
+% The title you give in
+% \emph{this}~\texttt{title}
+% element is the explanatory subtitle which appears
+% \emph{under} the automatically-generated
+% one on the first page of the typeset
+% documentation.
+% \item[\texttt{author}\thinspace:]The \texttt{author} element provides identity
+% markup for the author[s], using a
+% \texttt{personname} element for each author,
+% containing subelements for firstname, surname, and
+% other forms of naming; optionally followed by an
+% \texttt{affiliation} element, where you can identify
+% employer or other status; address; email; and URI, as
+% in the following example. The name, affiliation, and
+% email address are used in the
+% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}author} command of the
+% {\ttfamily{}.dtx} file.\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
+<author role="maintainer">
+ <personname>
+ <firstname>Peter</firstname>
+ <surname>Flynn</surname>
+ </personname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <orgname>Silmaril Consultants</orgname>
+ <orgdiv>Textual Therapy Division</orgdiv>
+ </affiliation>
+ <address>Cork, Ireland</address>
+ <email>peter@silmaril.ie</email>
+ <uri>http://blogs.silmaril.ie/peter</uri>
+ <contrib role="sponsor">UCC</contrib>
+</author>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% For multiple authors, you must enclose multiple
+% \texttt{author} elements (one per author) in an
+% outer \texttt{authorgroup} container element. One of
+% the authors must be identified as the maintainer of
+% the package or class, by adding the \texttt{role}
+% attribute with the value
+% {\ttfamily{}maintainer}.\par
+% A \texttt{contrib} element with a \texttt{role} attribute set to \texttt{"sponsor"} can be added in an
+% \texttt{author} block, to give the
+% name of an organisation sponsoring the development of
+% the class or package.
+% \item[\texttt{copyright}\thinspace:]This element lets you identify the \texttt{year}
+% and the name of the \texttt{holder} (you, your
+% employer, or some other entity).
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
+<copyright>
+ <year>2012</year>
+ <holder>Silmaril Consultants</holder>
+</copyright>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% \item[\texttt{releaseinfo}\thinspace:]In the absence of other ways of identifying where
+% to find your class or package (assuming it will
+% eventually find its way onto CTAN), this element can
+% be used to hold the URI of a location where it can be
+% downloaded, such as your personal or business web
+% site.
+% \item[\texttt{annotation}\thinspace:]This element is used for a warning or notice you
+% want placed in the Preamble of the
+% {\ttfamily{}.ins} file, which is used for
+% extracting your class or package from the
+% {\ttfamily{}.dtx} file, where it will be seen
+% by users installing the software.
+% \item[\texttt{abstract}\thinspace:]The Abstract is formatted on the front page of
+% your documentation. Like any abstract, it should
+% summarise what the class or package does, and who might
+% want to use it.\par
+% The \texttt{abstract} element may start with an
+% optional \texttt{title} element, which (if present)
+% will be used to change the value of the
+% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}abstractname} in the
+% {\ttfamily{}.dtx} file
+% (`Summary' is a common
+% choice).\par
+% The rest of the abstract is just paragraphs; note
+% that lists, block quotations, figures, tables, etc are
+% not allowed in an Abstract.
+% \item[\texttt{revhistory}\thinspace:]\label{revhist}This holds the top-level information about each
+% major and minor revision, outlining the main changes.
+% The version number of the most recent revision, as
+% identified by the latest value of the \texttt{conformance} attribute of the
+% \texttt{date} element, must match the version number
+% composed from the major version and the revision in
+% the \texttt{book} root element (see `\textbf{\texttt{revision}}', the \ordinalstringnum{5} item in the list in \vref{revno}).\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
+<revision version="0.72">
+ <date conformance="2012-02-11"/>
+ <revdescription>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <title>Wrote internal documentation</title>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Created the classpack.xml template
+ as an example.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </revdescription>
+</revision>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% Comments on individual changes to the code should
+% be documented \emph{at the code
+% location}, using the \texttt{remark}
+% element (see \vref{maintenance}), eg\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
+<remark version="0.70" revision="2010-05-29">Added
+ timestamp</remark>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% These \texttt{remark} elements get collated as
+% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}changes} commands, and gathered
+% together in the changelog by \textsf{ltxdoc}
+% during processing.
+% \end{description}
+% \subsection{Packages and related commands}\label{constraints}
+% As mentioned above, the \texttt{cover} element is used
+% to provide a place where packages and other \LaTeX{}
+% preliminaries can be specified. Using this structure means
+% each entry is separately editable, and the same structure is
+% used both for packages for the documentation
+% \emph{and} packages for the class or package
+% itself.\par
+% It would of course have been possible just to allow a
+% slab of \LaTeX{} code at these points, but that would have made
+% commenting and documentation harder, and would also have
+% made it more difficult to perform an XML
+% element-copy--element-paste or an XInclude when using
+% one package or class's settings as the basis for another.\par
+% The most important reason is that specifying package
+% lists as separately-identifiable blocks makes it possible to
+% automate the invocation of frequently-used packages,
+% parameters, options, or settings which you may store
+% separately for re-use (see \vref{autospec}) by
+% adding your own modifications that you like to have included
+% whenever you use a particular package.\par
+% In particular, the
+% \emph{autopackage} feature added to
+% ClassPack in v0.74 means that most packages needed for
+% documentation are now detected automatically on the basis of
+% features you use in your documentation, making it
+% unnecessary to specify them by hand. For example, if you use
+% compact lists, ClassPack will detect this and add the
+% \textsf{enumitem} package for you.\par
+% The XSLT2 program also uses this markup in order to
+% modify the behaviour of the \LaTeX{} code at several points
+% (such as fixing the broken abstract formatting when the
+% \textsf{parskip} package is used).\par
+% There are at least two, possibly four, sections in the
+% \texttt{cover} element where the packages, commands, and
+% other data can be defined:\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
+<constraintdef xml:id="docpackages">
+ ...packages for the user documentation are defined here...
+</constraintdef>
+
+<constraintdef xml:id="startdoc">
+ ...special commands for the user documentation go here...
+</constraintdef>
+
+<constraintdef xml:id="clspackages" linkend="options">
+ ...packages needed for the class or package are defined here...
+</constraintdef>
+
+<constraintdef xml:id="manifest">
+ ...files to add to the MANIFEST/zip file are listed here...
+</constraintdef>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% These exact \texttt{xml:id} values
+% are mandatory when the relevant \texttt{constraintdef}
+% elements are used, as they are referenced from elsewhere in
+% the document by the XSLT2 program. The only variation is
+% that when writing a package ({\ttfamily{}.sty}
+% file), the \texttt{"clspackages"} must read
+% \texttt{"stypackages"} instead. The first
+% three letters are used to match the three-letter filetype
+% used as the value of the \texttt{arch}
+% attribute that you specified on the \texttt{book} root
+% element (see `\textbf{\texttt{arch}}', the \ordinalstringnum{2} item in the list in \vref{arch}).\par
+% Each \texttt{constraintdef} element can
+% hold one or (in some circumstances, more) of the following
+% element types:\par
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item \texttt{segmentedlist} (in a
+% \texttt{docpackages}, \texttt{clspackages}, or
+% \texttt{stypackages} type of \texttt{constraintdef}\emph{only}), a list structure used to
+% specify the packages required: see \vref{packspec};
+% \item \label{cmdsynopsis}\texttt{cmdsynopsis}, used for defining
+% \emph{user documentation} setup commands
+% to be placed \emph{in} the Preamble. This
+% is only meaningful in the \texttt{"docpackages"} type of
+% \texttt{constraintdef}: see \vref{cmdspec};
+% \item \texttt{procedure}, used for holding blocks of
+% \emph{user documentation} setup commands
+% to be placed \emph{after} the Preamble
+% (that is, at the start of the document body, after the
+% \verb|\begin{document}| command). This is
+% only meaningful in the \texttt{"docpackages"} type of
+% \texttt{constraintdef}.\par
+% Note that this is distinct from commands to be
+% placed \emph{in} the Preamble, which are
+% held in a more structured manner in the
+% \texttt{cmdsynopsis} element deacribed above: see
+% \vref{addcmds};
+% \item \texttt{simplelist}, a list whose
+% \texttt{member} elements are used to name additional
+% files to be included in the distribution zip file
+% ({\ttfamily{}MANIFEST}). This is only meaningful
+% in a \texttt{manifest} type of
+% \texttt{constraintdef}: see
+% \vref{manifestfiles}.
+% \end{itemize}
+% \subsubsection{Specifying packages}\label{packspec}
+% There are three parts to using
+% \texttt{constraintdef} for this:\par
+% \begin{enumerate}[noitemsep]
+% \item specifying packages for your user documentation (see
+% \vref{docpax});
+% \item specifying packages for the class or package you
+% are writing (see \vref{classtypax});
+% \item automating the inclusion of extra settings to be
+% used whenever you specify a particular package (see
+% \vref{autospec}).
+% \end{enumerate}
+% For the first two, the \texttt{segmentedlist}
+% element is used. This contains a sequence of
+% \texttt{seglistitem}\thinspace{}s, one per package, each containing a
+% \texttt{seg} element holding the package name. An
+% optional \texttt{segtitle} element may start the list,
+% and if present, is used as a comment (for the
+% documentation packages) or a subheading (class or package
+% packages).\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
+<segmentedlist>
+ <segtitle>Packages required for documentation</segtitle>
+ <seglistitem role="Use the Charter typeface for documentation.">
+ <seg version="2005-04-12">charter</seg>
+ </seglistitem>
+ <seglistitem role="Use Helvetica as the sans-serif, but scale it
+ to fit">
+ <seg role="scaled=0.8333">helvet</seg>
+ </seglistitem>
+ ...
+</segmentedlist>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% Each \texttt{seglistitem} provides for
+% a documentary comment about why this package is required,
+% using the \texttt{role}
+% attribute. In the case of the packages for your own class
+% or package, this comment is reproduced in the
+% documentation of the code.\par
+% The package itself is specified as the content of the
+% \texttt{seg} element in each item.\par
+% Any options for the package being loaded must be
+% supplied in the \texttt{role} attribute
+% of the \texttt{seg} element. If the
+% package must conform to a specific version, the date must
+% be provided (in ISO format) in the \texttt{version} attribute.\par
+% \paragraph{Declaring packages needed for your documentation}\label{docpax}
+% Packages required for your documentation must be
+% included in the type of list described above, in the
+% \texttt{constraintdef} element that has the \texttt{xml:id} value of \texttt{"docpackages"}. Note that some
+% packages are automatically when certain types of
+% formatting are implied: see \vref{autopackage} for details.\par
+% The relevant {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}usepackage} commands
+% get included in the {\ttfamily{}.dtx} file right
+% after the \verb|\begin{document}|
+% command.\par
+% If you also want the package you are maintaining to
+% be included in the documentation (perhaps so you can use
+% it for examples), remember to set the \texttt{xlink:role} attribute on the
+% \texttt{book} root element as described in `\textbf{\texttt{xlink:role}}', the last item in the list in \vref{selfspec}.\par
+% See \vref{autospec} for details of how to
+% specify package command settings that you want included
+% by default every time you specify a particular
+% package.\par
+% \paragraph{Declaring packages needed by the class or package
+% itself}\label{classtypax}
+% All the packages required for the class or package
+% being written must be included in the type of list
+% described above, in the \texttt{constraintdef} element
+% that has the \texttt{xml:id} value
+% of \texttt{"clspackages"} (for classes)
+% or \texttt{"stypackages"} (for
+% packages).\par
+% \subparagraph{Specifying where in the {\ttfamily{}.dtx}
+% file to output them\thinspace:}
+% Because your class or package design may include
+% preliminary commands needed before packages are
+% included, the relevant {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}RequirePackage}
+% commands must be added to the {\ttfamily{}.dtx}
+% file \emph{in a location that you must specify
+% yourself}. This is done by giving the \texttt{linkend} attribute on the
+% enclosing \texttt{constraintdef} element the value
+% of an \texttt{xml:id} which you
+% have assigned to a chapter or section in your
+% annotated code.\par
+% \emph{There is no default: you must specify
+% this link yourself, otherwise the list of required
+% packages will not be output.}\par
+% The reason is that you may need to write some of
+% your class or package code (option declarations, for
+% example, or a {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}LoadPackage} command),
+% \emph{before} the specified packages are
+% loaded.\par
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item If the chapter or section you have specified
+% has content (text) in it, the
+% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}RequirePackage} commands are
+% output as the content of a new chapter or section
+% immediately preceding or following it, as
+% specified by the value of the \texttt{role}
+% attribute (`before' or
+% `after').
+% \item If the chapter or section you have specified
+% is (deliberately) empty, the
+% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}RequirePackage} commands are
+% output as the content of that chapter or
+% section.
+% \end{itemize}
+% As an example, let us say you specify the
+% \texttt{constraintdef} with\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
+<constraintdef xml:id="clspackages" linkend="options" role="after">...
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% You must then have a chapter or section in your
+% documented code with the \texttt{xml:id} value of \texttt{"options"}. If
+% it is empty (no character data content) like this:\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
+<sect1 xml:id="options">
+ <title/>
+ <para/>
+</sect1>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% then the list of {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}RequirePackage} commands will
+% be output in its place.\par
+% If, on the other hand, the specified section
+% has text and code of its own:\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
+<sect1 xml:id="options">
+ <title>Options</title>
+ <para>text...</para>
+ <programlisting>
+\some{code}
+ </programlisting>
+</sect1>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% then the list of {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}RequirePackage}
+% commands will be output immediately after it, as a new
+% section at the same level.\par
+% In both cases, the \texttt{segtitle} of the
+% \texttt{segmentedlist} will be used as the title of
+% the section.\par
+% \subsubsection{Automated settings for declared packages}\label{autospec}
+% There are several reasons for automating package setup:\par
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item Many \LaTeX{} authors and designers have
+% `favourite' settings that they
+% like to use every time they specify a particular
+% package.
+% \item Some options have now become the \emph{de
+% facto} convention for their package,
+% (for example, the \textbf{\texttt{T1}} option on the
+% \textsf{fontenc} package).
+% \item There are commands that need to be used whenever a
+% particular package is invoked (for example, the
+% \textsf{makeidx} package means you need to
+% add the {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}makeindex} command to the
+% Preamble).
+% \item Some packages are only needed in the documentation
+% if a particular formatting feature is used (for
+% example compact list spacing requires the
+% \textsf{enumitem} package). This avoids you
+% having to remember to include a specific package when
+% you use such a feature; and to remove it if you cease
+% to use the feature.
+% \end{itemize}
+% To help automate these, an ancillary (lookup) file
+% called {\ttfamily{}prepost.xml} is used, which
+% is a \emph{DocBook} document with a
+% \texttt{refsection} root element type containing two
+% \texttt{procedure} elements, shown below.\par
+% The {\ttfamily{}prepost.xml} file must be in
+% the directory specified by your setting of the
+% {\ttfamily{}repo} runtime parameter.\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
+<refsection>
+ <title>Commands to use before and after packages</title>
+ <procedure xml:id="prepackage">
+ ...steps...
+ </procedure>
+ <procedure xml:id="postpackage">
+ ...steps...
+ </procedure>
+</refsection>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% The \texttt{"prepackage"} procedure
+% is for material which needs to go
+% \emph{before} a package is invoked. The \texttt{"postpackage"} procedure is for
+% material which needs to go \emph{after} a
+% package is invoked.\par
+% \paragraph{Identifying each package}
+% Within these procedures, each package is identified in
+% a \texttt{step} element.\par
+% \begin{itemize}[noitemsep]
+% \item the \texttt{remap} attribute
+% holds the package name;
+% \item the \texttt{condition}
+% attribute holds the type[s] of output it is intended
+% to be effective for, \texttt{"doc"}, \texttt{"cls"}, or \texttt{"sty"} (space-separated if
+% more than one);
+% \item the \texttt{role} attribute
+% holds any default options (comma-separated);
+% \item an optional \texttt{para} element holds a
+% textual description of the package and its use. This
+% is only meaningful for packages marked in the \texttt{condition} attribute for
+% use in the class or package. If present, this gets
+% output to the code documentation.
+% \end{itemize}
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
+<step role="utf8x" remap="inputenc" condition="cls sty">
+ <para>UTF-8 is the default character set, to allow for use of
+ any character in any writing system. Some characters
+ are not specified for all fonts, so may have to be
+ specified manually.</para>
+</step>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% In this example, specifying
+% \textsf{inputenc} in the document, in a
+% \texttt{seg} element as described in \vref{packspec}, results in the package being
+% added with {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}RequirePackage} to the
+% class or package code.\par
+% \paragraph{Automating inclusion}\label{autopackage}
+% Each \texttt{step} may contain one
+% or more \texttt{constructorsynopsis} elements which
+% specify the condition[s] under which the package will
+% automatically be included \emph{without it needing
+% to be specified} in a \texttt{seg} element
+% as described in \vref{packspec}\par
+% \begin{itemize}[noitemsep]
+% \item the \texttt{condition}
+% attribute holds the name of an element type which,
+% if present in the documentation, will cause the
+% package to be included automatically;
+% \item one or more \texttt{methodparam} subelements
+% can be used to specify attribute conditions on the
+% element type named in the \texttt{condition}
+% attribute:
+% \begin{itemize}[noitemsep]
+% \item the \texttt{parameter} element specifies
+% the name of an attribute. If no
+% \texttt{modifier} element is present, the
+% specified attribute is simply tested for
+% presence (Boolean test)
+% \item a
+% \texttt{modifier} element is used to
+% specify a value for which the attribute is tested
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{itemize}
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
+<step remap="dcolumn" condition="doc">
+ <constructorsynopsis condition="colspec">
+ <methodparam>
+ <parameter>align</parameter>
+ <modifier>char</modifier>
+ </methodparam>
+ </constructorsynopsis>
+</step>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% In the example above, a \texttt{colspec} element
+% anywhere in the document with an \texttt{align} attribute equal to \texttt{"char"} will cause the
+% \textsf{dcolumn} package to be included
+% automatically (the package handles decimal-column
+% alignment).\par
+% A special case involves the use of the \texttt{funcparams} subelement instead of
+% the \texttt{parameter} attribute, to
+% specify that an IDREF attribute must be checked for the
+% \emph{type} of element it refers to.\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
+<step condition="doc" remap="fmtcount">
+ <constructorsynopsis condition="xref">
+ <methodparam>
+ <funcparams>linkend</funcparams>
+ <modifier>varlistentry</modifier>
+ </methodparam>
+ <methodparam>
+ <funcparams>linkend</funcparams>
+ <modifier>listitem</modifier>
+ </methodparam>
+ </constructorsynopsis>
+</step>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% In this example, the \textsf{fmtcount}
+% package will be included if there is an \texttt{xref}
+% element anywhere in the documentation with a \texttt{linkend} attribute which points
+% at a \texttt{varlistentry} or \texttt{listitem}
+% element~--- that is, the \texttt{xml:id} attribute whose value
+% matches the \texttt{linkend} value
+% is on such an element type (the
+% \textsf{fmtcount} package enables ordinal
+% counting, needed when making a reference to an item in a
+% list that is not numbered).\par
+% \paragraph{Adding extra code before or after a package}
+% Each \texttt{step} may also contain
+% one or more \texttt{constraintdef} elements containing
+% \texttt{cmdsynopsis} elements containing
+% \texttt{command} elements to hold \LaTeX{} code to be
+% inserted, in exactly the same format as shown in \vref{constraints}.\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
+<step remap="apacite" condition="doc">
+ <constraintdef>
+ <cmdsynopsis>
+ <command>\AtBeginDocument{\edef\ApaciteRestoreAtCode%
+ {\catcode`@=\the\catcode`@\relax}}</command>
+ </cmdsynopsis>
+ </constraintdef>
+</step>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% If this step is given in the \texttt{"prepackage"} section, the code is
+% inserted \emph{before} the package is
+% included; if the step is given in the \texttt{"postpackage"} section, the code
+% is inserted \emph{after} the package is
+% included.\par
+% A package listed in this file can be given default
+% options by specifying them in the \texttt{role} attribute of the
+% \texttt{step} element. It is then unnecessary to specify
+% them additionally in the main document (although it won't
+% matter, as they are checked for duplication).\par
+% \subsubsection{Defining commands required for documentation setup}\label{cmdspec}
+% Documenting classes or packages will often require
+% additional commands to be defined in order to set up special
+% counters or lengths, establish conditions, or create new
+% macros to be used in your documentation.\par
+% \emph{This is quite different from needing to
+% issue standard \LaTeX{} commands in order to
+% set existing standard \LaTeX{} values, such as }\verb|\setlength{\parskip}{5mm}|.
+% \emph{That kind of adjustment is dealt with in \vref{addcmds}.}\par
+% Commands to be defined for the documentation to work
+% must go in \texttt{cmysynopsis} elements in the
+% \texttt{constraintdef} element that has the \texttt{xml:id} value of \texttt{"docpackages"},
+% \emph{after} the end of the
+% \texttt{segmentedlist} of packages.\par
+% The commands are specified with the command name
+% (control sequence) or environment name
+% \emph{separately} from the definition: this
+% allows a structure to be imposed which enables the
+% identification and re-use of these specifications.\par
+% In giving the commands (control sequences) that you
+% define, you specify just the names, with no backslash; and
+% the definitions you give must not have the outermost set
+% of curly braces. Both the backslash and the curly braces
+% are added by the XSLT2 program when writing the
+% {\ttfamily{}.dtx} file.\par
+% Commands containing an `at'
+% sign ({\ttfamily{}@}) in their name or
+% definition are automatically enclosed in
+% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}makeatletter} and
+% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}makeatother} commands.\par
+% There are several attributes which specify what you
+% are defining, so that the data is output to the
+% {\ttfamily{}.dtx} file correctly:\par
+% \begin{description}[style=unboxed]
+% \item[Simple commands\thinspace:]A simple new \LaTeX{} command with a textual
+% expansion is defined with the \texttt{command}
+% element holding the name of the command being
+% defined, and an \texttt{arg} element holding the
+% definition.\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
+<cmdsynopsis>
+ <command>LyX</command>
+ <arg>L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX</arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% This creates the definition:
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[LaTeX]TeX}]
+\newcommand{\LyX}{L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX}
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% \item[Renewed commands\thinspace:]If the command is a renewal of an existing
+% command, use a \texttt{role}
+% attribute of \texttt{"renew"} on
+% the \texttt{command} element.\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
+<cmdsynopsis>
+ <command role="renew">vstrut</command>
+ <arg>\vrule height1.2em depth.6667ex width0pt</arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% This creates the definition:
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[LaTeX]TeX}]
+\renewcommand{\vstrut}{\vrule height1.2em depth.6667ex width0pt}
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% \item[Plain \TeX{} commands\thinspace:]A {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}def} command in Plain \TeX{}
+% syntax can be specified with the attribute \texttt{xml:lang} set to \texttt{"TeX"} on the
+% \texttt{command} element.\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
+<cmdsynopsis xml:lang="TeX">
+ <command>hline</command>
+ <arg>\noalign{\ifnum0=`}\fi
+ \@ifnextchar[{\@@hline}{\@@hline[\arrayrulewidth]}</arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% This creates the definition:
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[LaTeX]TeX}]
+\def\hline{\noalign{\ifnum0=`}\fi
+ \@ifnextchar[{\@@hline}{\@@hline[\arrayrulewidth]}
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% \item[Commands with arguments\thinspace:]If a defined command needs arguments, specify
+% the number of arguments in the \texttt{wordsize} attribute of the
+% \texttt{arg} element:\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
+<cmdsynopsis>
+ <command>componentbox</command>
+ <arg wordsize="2">\begin{tabular}[m]{@{}|c|@{}}\hline
+ \cellcolor{#1}\hbox to1em{\hss%\vrule height1em width0pt
+ \raisebox{.2ex}{\ttfamily\tiny#2}\hss}\\\hline
+ \end{tabular}</arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% This creates the definition:\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[LaTeX]TeX}]
+\newcommand{\componentbox}[2]{\begin{tabular}[m]{@{}|c|@{}}\hline
+ \cellcolor{#1}\hbox to1em{\hss%\vrule height1em width0pt
+ \raisebox{.2ex}{\ttfamily\tiny#2}\hss}\\\hline
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% If a default first argument is required, the
+% value must be provided in the \texttt{condition} attribute of the
+% \texttt{command} element.\par
+% There is no provision in this version of the
+% software for the specification of the extended argument array
+% provided by the \textsf{xargs} package.
+% \item[Counters, lengths, and \texttt{\textbackslash{}newwrite}s\thinspace:]Counters, lengths, and
+% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}newwrite} commands can be defined
+% by using the \texttt{remap}
+% attribute set to the value \texttt{"counter"}, \texttt{"length"} or \texttt{"newwrite"} as appropriate. in
+% this case, no \texttt{arg} element is
+% required unless a counter or length is to be
+% assigned a default value.\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
+<cmdsynopsis>
+ <command remap="newwrite">fnotes</command></cmdsynopsis>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% This creates the definition:\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[LaTeX]TeX}]
+\newwrite\fnotes
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% However, if the length or counter needs an
+% initial value, give it in an \texttt{arg} element.\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
+<cmdsynopsis>
+ <command remap="length">revmarg</command>
+ <arg>3cm</arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+ <command remap="counter">cards</command>
+ <arg>42</arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% This creates the definition:
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[LaTeX]TeX}]
+\newlength{\revmarg}\setlength{\revmarg}{3cm}
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% \item[References to attributes\thinspace:]One specialist use is predefined: assigning the
+% type of document (class or package) to a command:\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
+<cmdsynopsis>
+ <command>classorpackage</command>
+ <arg remap="arch"/>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% This creates the definition:\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[LaTeX]TeX}]
+\newcommand{\classorpackage}{...}
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% where [\dots{}] is the type of the current
+% document. The \texttt{arch} element in this case
+% has no content, but uses the \texttt{remap} attribute to specify
+% the name of an attribute (here, \texttt{arch}) on the
+% \texttt{book} root element. This results in the
+% command {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}classorpackage} being set
+% equal to \texttt{"class"} or \texttt{"package"}; this value is used
+% to provide a value for the entity \texttt{\&doctype;}. This entity can
+% then be used in shared XML documentation to refer to
+% the current document by type, knowing that it will
+% be correctly translated to the type of document when
+% the {\ttfamily{}.dtx} file is
+% created.
+% \item[Environments\thinspace:]The same principle applies to environments as to
+% commands, but there are two arguments: one for the
+% `before' and one for the
+% `after':\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
+<cmdsynopsis>
+ <command remap="environment">panel</command>
+ <arg wordsize="1" condition="\relax">\begin{Sbox}%
+ \begin{minipage}{3in}%
+ \if#1\relax\else\subsubsection*{#1}\fi</arg>
+ <arg>\end{minipage}\end{Sbox}%
+ \begin{center}\fbox{\theSbox}\end{center}%</arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% This creates the definition:\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[LaTeX]TeX}]
+\newenvironment{panel}{%
+ \begin{Sbox}%
+ \begin{minipage}{3in}%
+ \if#1\relax\else\subsubsection*{#1}\fi
+}{%
+ \end{minipage}\end{Sbox}%
+ \begin{center}\fbox{\theSbox}\end{center}%
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% The controls for the number of arguments and any
+% default argument must go on the first \texttt{arg}
+% element. The same rule about setting the \texttt{role} attribute to \texttt{"renew"} applies as for
+% generating commands.
+% \end{description}
+% \subsubsection{Additional setup commands}\label{addcmds}
+% Quite separately from the business of defining new
+% commands (or redefining existing ones) dealt with in \vref{cmdspec}, there is also usually a need to issue
+% commands that establish or reset a value needed for the
+% documentation.\par
+% Commands that you want implemented every time you use
+% a particular package should go in your
+% {\ttfamily{}prepost.xml} file, as described in
+% \vref{autospec}. This section is for commands or
+% settings that only refer to the documentation for the
+% current class or package being written.\par
+% These commands go in the third of the types of
+% \texttt{constraintdef} element, with the \texttt{xml:id} value of \texttt{"startdoc"} because they are output
+% at the start of the documentation
+% (\emph{after} the
+% \verb|\begin{document}|).\par
+% They follow exactly the same syntax as those in the
+% {\ttfamily{}prepost.xml} file:\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
+<constraintdef xml:id="startdoc">
+ <procedure>
+ <step>
+ <cmdsynopsis>
+ <command>\setcounter{tocdepth}{5}</command>
+ <command>\setcounter{secnumdepth}{5}</command>
+ <command>\def\@@doxdescribe#1#2{\endgroup
+ \ifdox@noprint\else\marginpar{\raggedleft
+ \textcolor{DarkRed}{\@nameuse{PrintDescribe#1}{#2}}}\fi
+ \ifdox@noindex\else\@nameuse{Special#1Index}{#2}\fi
+ \endgroup\@esphack\ignorespaces}</command>
+ </cmdsynopsis>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+</constraintdef>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% The {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}@@doxdescribe} command is an
+% oddity here: it appears not to work if placed in the
+% {\ttfamily{}prepost.xml} document, where it gets
+% issued in the Preamble; instead it goes here, where it
+% gets issued after the
+% \verb|\begin{document}|.\par
+% \subsubsection{The Manifest}\label{manifestfiles}
+% The fourth and last variant of the
+% \texttt{constraintdef} element (with the \texttt{xml:id} attribute of \texttt{"manifest"}) is very simple. It is a
+% list of the names of any separate files that you want
+% included in the Zip file that the {\ttfamily{}build} command produces. This
+% means anything other than the {\ttfamily{}.dtx},
+% {\ttfamily{}.ins}, and {\ttfamily{}.pdf}
+% files that get included automatically.\par
+% The content of this element is a
+% \texttt{simplelist}, containing \texttt{member}
+% elements, one per file:\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
+<constraintdef xml:id="manifest">
+ <simplelist>
+ <member>doctexbook.dtd</member>
+ <member>db2dtx.xsl</member>
+ <member>db2bibtex.xsl</member>
+ <member>prepost.xml</member>
+ <member>lppl.xml</member>
+ <member>decommentbbl.awk</member>
+ </simplelist>
+</constraintdef>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% \subsubsection{The README file}\label{readme}
+% One additional output file is produced automatically
+% by the XSLT2 program: the plaintext README file which
+% accompanies all classes and packages, with a brief
+% description of usage and installation, for the benefit of
+% people who cannot or will not read the PDF
+% documentation.\par
+% This is generated automatically from the file
+% {\ttfamily{}readme.xml}, which is a DocBook5
+% \texttt{chapter} document with some changes to the
+% character entities to accommodate plain text. Note that
+% this document does \emph{not} use the
+% {\ttfamily{}doctexbook.dtd} used for your normal
+% class or package {\small XML} document. A sample
+% is included in the \textsf{classpack}
+% distribution.\par
+% The {\ttfamily{}readme.xml} file uses the
+% \texttt{olink} element type to act as a placeholder for
+% transcluded atomic information from the main document
+% (pending implementation of the proposed DocBook
+% Transclusions method). This element must have a
+% \texttt{targetptr} and a \texttt{type} attribute
+% specifying (respectively) the name of the element type and
+% the relevant attribute in the main document. For example,
+% to include the name of the class or package, we
+% use:\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[LaTeX]TeX}]
+<olink targetptr="book" type="xml:id"/>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% Two other element types have also had
+% \texttt{targetptr} and \texttt{type} attributes
+% added: \texttt{sect1} and \texttt{anchor}. These are
+% used to specify the inclusion of whole sections or
+% fragments of the main document, such as the Abstract or
+% the Copyright.\par
+% The text is reformatted in plain text, omitting all
+% markup. Only a few element types have been implemented for
+% this in this version: see the ancillary XSLT2 routines in
+% {\ttfamily{}db2plaintext.xsl} for details.\par
+% The resulting {\ttfamily{}README} file
+% includes the Abstract from your class or package
+% {\small XML} document as the first section. The
+% {\ttfamily{}db2plaintext.xsl} program uses a
+% template called \DescribeTemplate{normtext}\texttt{normtext} to
+% reformat text. This handles the conversion of entities
+% which occur in your Abstract (those declared in
+% {\ttfamily{}doctexbook.dtd}): by default, \texttt{\&TeX;}, \texttt{\&LaTeX;}, and \texttt{\&thinsp;} are catered for, but if
+% you use any others, you must modify the code in this
+% template to deal with them, using a nested
+% \DescribeFunction{replace()}\texttt{replace()} function.\par
+% \clearpage
+% \section{Using \emph{ClassPack}}\label{content}
+% The body of your docmentation is held in a \texttt{part}
+% element with the \texttt{xml:id} attribute
+% set to \texttt{"doc"}.\par
+% The tag-set of \emph{DocBook} is very
+% large, and only a part of it is needed for this purpose,
+% although support for additional elements is easily added in
+% the XSLT2 program.\par
+% The following sections describe the elements that are
+% currently supported, for the hierarchical structure (chapters,
+% sections, subsections, etc); the block-level structure
+% (tables, figures, lists, etc; what
+% \emph{DocBook} refers to as the
+% `pool') and for the inline markup (element types
+% in mixed content, used mostly in paragraph-like
+% situations).\par
+% \subsection{Hierarchical markup}\label{hierarchy}
+% The outline top-level structure is described in \vref{invocation} and \vref{setup}.\par
+% The \texttt{part}\thinspace{}s do not have any title or direct
+% textual content themselves: they just act as containers to
+% keep the user documentation separate from the documented
+% code and any other files that may be stored and
+% extracted.\par
+% Within a \texttt{part}, the major subdivision is the
+% \texttt{chapter}, which translates to a
+% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}section} in the {\ttfamily{}.dtx}
+% file. You should use the \texttt{chapter} element as your
+% major structural division. Each part (user documentation,
+% documented code, and additional files) must have at least
+% one chapter.\par
+% Within chapters, the sections, subsections, and lower
+% structural divisions are identified with \texttt{sect1},
+% \texttt{sect2}, and so on. You can use as many or as few
+% of these as you feel you need to organise your writing. In
+% the documented code, it is a good idea to modularise the
+% class or package, so that you can describe each part of it
+% in a logical and consistent manner.\par
+% The nested arrangement of chapters containing sections
+% conaining subsections should already be familiar to \LaTeX{}
+% users, although \LaTeX{} itself only uses headings as
+% separators, and has no physical
+% `containment' of the hierarchical
+% divisions of a document in the way that it does for the
+% block-level structures (environments).\par
+% Each of these hierarchical divisions must have a
+% \texttt{title} element (see `\textbf{\texttt{title}}', the first item in the list in \vref{title}),
+% and can also have an \texttt{xml:id}
+% attribute to act as a target (like a \LaTeX{}
+% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}label}) for cross-referencing (see `\textbf{\texttt{xref}}', the last item in the list in \vref{xref}).\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
+<part xml:id="doc">...
+ <chapter xml:id="ui">
+ <title>User interface</title>
+ ...
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Font selection</title>
+ ...
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 xml:id="margins">
+ <title>Margins and spacing</title>
+ ...
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+ ...
+</part>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% \subsection{Structural markup (block-level elements)}\label{pool}
+% Within chapters, sections, subsections, etc, you can
+% have any arrangement or mixture of paragraphs, tables,
+% lists, figures, quotations, code samples, and other
+% conventional structures that will be familiar to you from
+% \LaTeX{} environments.\par
+% The only requirement is that each hierarchical division
+% must start with a title, and must contain at least one other
+% structural component. Supported element types are:\par
+% \begin{description}[style=unboxed]
+% \item[\texttt{title}\thinspace:]\label{title}a title, used in all chapters, [sub]sections,
+% figures, and tables (where it equates to a caption);
+% and also optionally in lists, sidebars, and other
+% block-level element types.
+% \item[\texttt{para}\thinspace:]for normal paragraphs.
+% \item[\texttt{itemizedlist}\thinspace:]for bulleted lists, containing
+% \texttt{listitem}\thinspace{}s which contain paragraphs.
+% \item[\texttt{orderedlist}\thinspace:]for numbered lists; the structure is identical to
+% an \texttt{itemizedlist}.
+% \item[\texttt{variablelist}\thinspace:]for description lists like this one (the
+% \texttt{term} element in each
+% \texttt{varlistentry} holds the reference term; the
+% descriptive part is in the same \texttt{listitem}
+% structure as for itemized and bulleted lists.
+% \item[\texttt{simplelist}\thinspace:]for plain unnumbered, unbulleted lists; each item
+% goes in a \texttt{member} element.
+% \item[\texttt{programlisting}\thinspace:]for listings of code: use without attributes in
+% the Code section. In the Documentation section, the
+% basic style is in {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}small} type,
+% black, {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}ttfamily}, and the following
+% attributes control the appearance:
+% \par\medskip{\sffamily\small
+% \begingroup
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}{@{}%
+% >{\ttfamily\prestrut\arraybackslash}l<{\poststrut\arraybackslash}%
+% >{\raggedright{}\prestrut\arraybackslash}p{9cm}<{\poststrut\arraybackslash}%
+% @{}}
+% \hline
+% \vstrut
+% wordsize&either a size command or a
+% pointsize/baseline like
+% {\ttfamily{}8/9}\\
+% language&{\ttfamily{}LaTeX} (default),
+% {\ttfamily{}DocBook},
+% {\ttfamily{}bash}, or another
+% language supported by the
+% \textsf{listings} package\\
+% arch&{\ttfamily{}framed} will box
+% the listing\\
+% remap&\LaTeX{} styling commands for tokens to
+% emphasise\\
+% annotations&comma-separated list of tokens to
+% emphasise\\[2pt]\hline
+% \end{tabular}
+% \par\endgroup
+% }
+% \item[\texttt{figure}\thinspace:]for Figures, containing a \texttt{caption} and a
+% \texttt{media} element.
+% \item[\texttt{table}\thinspace:]for Tables; the structure is explained in detail
+% in \vref{table}.
+% \item[\texttt{sidebar}\thinspace:]for sidebars.
+% \item[\texttt{warning}\thinspace:]for warnings.
+% \end{description}
+% \subsubsection{Ancillary files documented inline}\label{secfiles}
+% These are files which you want extracted at
+% installation time, which you describe
+% \emph{and} show in the user documentation
+% (the \texttt{doc} part).\par
+% \emph{Files which you want extracted which are
+% \emph{not} documented or shown in the user
+% documentation must go in the \texttt{files} part (see
+% \vref{ancfiles}).}\par
+% \subsubsection{Bibliography}\label{bibs}
+% If bibliographic citations and reference is required,
+% the references themselves must be stored in a
+% \texttt{bibliography} element immediately after the last
+% \texttt{chapter} element in \emph{either}
+% the `doc' part
+% \emph{or} the `code'
+% part. This must contain a \texttt{biblioentry} element
+% for each entry you wish to cite (for how to cite, see
+% `\textbf{\texttt{biblioref}}', the first item in the list in \vref{bibrefs}).\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
+<bibliography xreflabel="apacite" label="apacite">
+ <biblioentry xml:id="tb97" xreflabel="article">
+ <biblioset>
+ <author>
+ <personname>
+ <surname>Flynn</surname>
+ <firstname>Peter</firstname>
+ </personname>
+ </author>
+ <title>Typographers' Inn</title>
+ <subtitle>Where have all the flowers gone?</subtitle>
+ </biblioset>
+ <artpagenums>21-22</artpagenums>
+ <title>TUGboat</title>
+ <volumenum>31</volumenum>
+ <issuenum>1</issuenum>
+ <date YYYY-MM-DD="2010"/>
+ </biblioentry>
+</bibliography>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% The \texttt{bibliography} element
+% \textsc{must} have a \texttt{label} attribute giving the name
+% of the \BibTeX{} style file to use (without the
+% {\ttfamily{}.bst} filetype). The
+% \textsf{apacite} style is recommended.\par
+% If the specified style requires a \LaTeX{} style
+% package for formatting (often called by the same name, eg
+% \textsf{apacite}, \textsf{natbib},
+% \textsf{chicago}, etc), this
+% \textsc{must} be given in an \texttt{xreflabel} attribute (without the
+% {\ttfamily{}.sty} filetype).\par
+% There \textsc{may} also be an
+% \texttt{xlink:href} attribute giving
+% the name of the \BibTeX{} file (without the
+% {\ttfamily{}.bib} filetype) to which the
+% references should be written: the default is the name of
+% the class or package itself (as defined in `\textbf{\texttt{xml:id}}', the first item in the list in \vref{rootid}).\par
+% Each \texttt{biblioentry} element
+% \textsc{must} have both an \texttt{xml:id} attribute by which it can
+% be cited with the \texttt{biblioref} element; and a \texttt{type} attribute classifying it
+% with one of the standard \BibTeX{} document types (article,
+% book, incollection, etc)\par
+% \subsection{Inline markup (elements in mixed content)}\label{flow}
+% \par
+% \begin{description}[style=unboxed]
+% \item[\texttt{biblioref}\thinspace:]\label{bibrefs}a citation (bibliographic reference) to an item in
+% the Bibliography; the \texttt{linkend} attribute must be
+% the value of the \texttt{xml:id}
+% of a \texttt{biblioentry} element (see \vref{bibs}); this value is passed to a
+% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}cite} command.
+% \item[\texttt{citetitle}\thinspace:]the title of a document being mentioned; usually
+% formatted in italics or quotes; may be empty, with a \texttt{linkend} attribute pointing to
+% an entry in the Bibliography (as for
+% \texttt{biblioref}), in which case the title is
+% automatically extracted and formatted, or passed to a
+% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}citefield} command.
+% \item[\texttt{code}\thinspace:]a fragment of computer or data code, formatted in
+% monospace type.
+% \item[\texttt{emphasis}\thinspace:]emphasis according to style, usually italics.
+% \item[\texttt{exceptionname}\thinspace:]used for the keywords of RFC2119 in formal admonishments.
+% \item[\texttt{filename}\thinspace:]name of a file, a full filepath, or just a part of
+% the name (eg a filetype).
+% \item[\texttt{firstterm}\thinspace:]the defining instance of a specialist term; this
+% may or may not actually be the first occurrence.
+% \item[\texttt{footnote}\thinspace:]a footnote; contains a paragraph.
+% \item[\texttt{foreignphrase}\thinspace:]for foreign-language expressions; identify the
+% language with the \texttt{xml:lang} attribute if the
+% phrase is long enough to need the
+% \textsf{babel} package.
+% \item[\texttt{guibutton}\thinspace:]represents a GUI {\fboxsep2pt\ovalbox{\sffamily Button}}.
+% \item[\texttt{guilabel}\thinspace:]represents a GUI
+% {\fboxsep2pt\fbox{\sffamily Label}}.
+% \item[\texttt{guimenu}\thinspace:]represents a GUI
+% \textsf{\bfseries Menu}.
+% \item[\texttt{guimenuitem}\thinspace:]represents a GUI
+% \textsf{\itshape Menu item}.
+% \item[\texttt{guisubmenu}\thinspace:]represents a GUI
+% \textsf{Sub-menu item}.
+% \item[\texttt{literal}\thinspace:]marks a {\ttfamily{}literal string} on which
+% no interpretation is to be performed (markup characters
+% like backslashes and curly braces will
+% not be escaped; the \texttt{xml:lang} attribute can be set to
+% the name of the language (eg \texttt{"TeX"}, \texttt{"LaTeX"}, etc.
+% \item[\texttt{phrase}\thinspace:]marks a phrase used as-is (ie not a quote from
+% anyone in particular) by enclosing it in quotation marks.
+% \item[\texttt{productname}\thinspace:]marks a product or program name, eg
+% \emph{Emacs}.
+% \item[\texttt{quote}\thinspace:]marks a quote from someone by putting it in
+% quotation marks.
+% \item[\texttt{replaceable}\thinspace:]identifies text, commands, or keywords to be
+% typed, for which the user must substitute a meaningful
+% value, eg {\itshape password} (in
+% italics).
+% \item[\texttt{systemitem}\thinspace:]identifies generic computer-related strings such
+% as system commands, hostnames, Regular Expressions, etc
+% which need to be printed in monospace to eliminate any
+% confusion over 1/l/I, 0/1/I, etc.
+% \item[\texttt{type}\thinspace:]marks a span for which special typographical
+% treatment is needed. The \texttt{role} attribute must be set
+% to `font' and the \texttt{remap} attribute must be set
+% to the NFSS2e three-character
+% \textsf{fontname}.
+% \item[\texttt{uri}\thinspace:]marks a URI (formats it with the
+% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}url} macro).
+% \item[\texttt{wordasword}\thinspace:]marks a word that is being used as itself (usually
+% for purposes of clarification), so it goes in quotation
+% marks.
+% \item[\texttt{xref}\thinspace:]\label{xref}a cross-reference using the \texttt{linkend} attribute to point
+% at some other part of the document, which must have
+% the matching \texttt{xml:id}
+% value; the mechanism is identical to \LaTeX{}'s
+% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}label}\dots{}{\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}ref}.
+% \end{description}
+% In addition, there are six special-purpose element types
+% used for functional documentation, that create the special
+% \textsf{dox} package commands for adding \LaTeX{}
+% (and XML) terms to the index, and highlighting them in the
+% left-hand margin:\par
+% \begin{description}[style=unboxed]
+% \item[\texttt{classname}\thinspace:]a \LaTeX{} document class name like
+% \textsf{article}
+% \item[\texttt{command}\thinspace:]a \LaTeX{} or other computer command, such as
+% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}parskip}; the backslash is added
+% automatically for the default case of \LaTeX{}; other
+% languages require the \texttt{xml:lang} attribute giving
+% the name of the language
+% \item[\texttt{envar}\thinspace:]a \LaTeX{} environment name like
+% \texttt{enumerate}
+% \item[\texttt{option}\thinspace:]a \LaTeX{} option to a class, package, or command,
+% like \textbf{\texttt{a4paper}}
+% \item[\texttt{package}\thinspace:]a \LaTeX{} package name like
+% \textsf{fancybox}
+% \item[\texttt{tag}\thinspace:]an XML element, attribute, attribute value, or
+% entity name: the type is specified in the \texttt{class} attribute and is one
+% of the predetermined list provided automatically by
+% \emph{DocBook} (so your XML editor
+% will guide you)
+% \end{description}
+% \subsection{Producing your class or package}\label{production}
+% The XSLT2 program generates a number of output files,
+% principally the {\ttfamily{}.dtx} and
+% {\ttfamily{}.ins} files which are the package or
+% class itself. A third output is a {\ttfamily{}build}
+% file, which is a \emph{bash} shell
+% script customised for the production of the class or package
+% you are writing. A fourth is the
+% {\ttfamily{}MANIFEST} file, used for zipping
+% everything up for distribution,\par
+% You should therefore keep each class or package
+% development in a separate directory, otherwise the
+% {\ttfamily{}build} file generated by one will
+% overwrite that generated by others.\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=bash]
+#! /bin/bash
+#
+# Bourne shell script to build the class file and documentation
+# Note the following line is wrapped here to fit the width
+java -jar /usr/local/saxon/saxon9he.jar \
+ -o:classpack.dtx classpack.xml \
+ /home/peter/texmf/dev/db2dtx.xsl \
+ processor=/usr/local/saxon/saxon9he.jar \
+ appdir=/home/peter/texmf/dev \
+ cpdir=/home/peter/texmf/dev
+yes|latex classpack.ins
+pdflatex classpack.dtx
+bibtex classpack
+awk -f /home/peter/texmf/dev/decommentbbl.awk classpack.bbl >classpack.bdc
+mv classpack.bdc classpack.bbl
+pdflatex classpack.dtx
+makeindex -s gind.ist -o classpack.ind classpack.idx
+makeindex -s gglo.ist -o classpack.gls classpack.glo
+pdflatex classpack.dtx
+echo Copying files into dev tree...
+mkdir -p doc/latex/classpack
+mkdir -p source/latex/classpack
+mkdir -p tex/latex/classpack
+cp README MANIFEST classpack.pdf doc/latex/classpack
+cp classpack.dtx classpack.ins source/latex/classpack
+cp classpack.cls tex/latex/classpack
+cp db2bibtex.xsl source/latex/classpack
+cp db2dtx.xsl source/latex/classpack
+cp db2plaintext.xsl source/latex/classpack
+cp decommentbbl.awk source/latex/classpack
+cp doctexbook.dtd source/latex/classpack
+cp lppl.xml source/latex/classpack
+cp prepost.xml source/latex/classpack
+cp readme.xml source/latex/classpack
+echo Zipping up files from dev tree...
+zip -r --exclude=*.svn* --exclude=*.DS_Store* \
+ classpack-0.73.tds.zip doc/latex/classpack \
+ source/latex/classpack tex/latex/classpack
+echo Installing working copy...
+unzip -o -d ~/texmf classpack-0.73.tds.zip
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% Because this file will not exist the very first time you
+% process a new class or package, you will need to type that
+% first ({\ttfamily{}java}) command by
+% hand. The arguments are:\par
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item \marg{jar} the location of
+% your copy of the Saxon XSLT2 processor, a
+% {\ttfamily{}.jar} file;
+% \item \textbf{\texttt{-o:}} the name of the
+% {\ttfamily{}.dtx} file you are producing;
+% \item the name of the XML file you are processing;
+% \item the full path to the DB2DTX program;
+% \item the location of your copy of the Saxon XSLT2
+% processor (again) as the
+% {\ttfamily{}processor} parameter;
+% \item the directory you use for this class or package as
+% the {\ttfamily{}appdir};
+% \item the directory where your copy of the XSLT2 program
+% is stored as the
+% {\ttfamily{}cpdir} parameter (along with the DTD,
+% {\ttfamily{}prepost.xml},
+% {\ttfamily{}readme.xml},
+% {\ttfamily{}db2plaintext.xsl}, and
+% {\ttfamily{}lppl.xml} files) .
+% \end{enumerate}
+% For subsequent runs, you just type {\ttfamily{}./build} and the values and
+% parameters will be re-used automatically. If you ever need
+% to run the XSLT2 process by itself, use the command
+% \verb+grep java build | bash+\par
+% The remainder of the {\ttfamily{}build} tests
+% the extraction of the class or package, and compiles the
+% full documentation in the standard sequence, including any
+% bibliography, index, or glossary.\par
+% The use of the {\ttfamily{}decommentbbl.awk}
+% script on the \BibTeX{} output is to defeat the use of
+% terminal percent comment characters, which upset the
+% \textsf{ltxdoc} package because of the special use
+% of that character there.\par
+% The final stage is to create a Zip file of
+% the class or package, which is placed in the current working
+% directory and then unzipped into your personal \TeX{} tree.\par
+% \subsection{Maintaining your class or package}\label{maintenance}
+% The things to control each time you make an update are:\par
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item on the \texttt{book} root element, update the \texttt{version} and \texttt{revision} attributes
+% \item add a new \texttt{revision} element in the
+% Revision History, setting the \texttt{version} attribute to the
+% compound of the version and revision specified above,
+% and setting the \texttt{date} subelement's \texttt{conformance} attribute to
+% today's date in ISO format
+% \item after processing the document once, set the
+% \texttt{book} root element's \texttt{security} attribute to the
+% checksum displayed by \LaTeX{}
+% \item process the document again (run the
+% {\ttfamily{}build} script again)~--- the
+% security checksum should now match
+% \end{enumerate}
+% \clearpage
+% \section{The \emph{db2dtx} program}\label{db2dtx}
+% While the core of your class or package is the
+% \emph{DocBook} XML document, the core of
+% the \emph{classpack} system is the program
+% that turns your XML into {\ttfamily{}.dtx} and
+% {\ttfamily{}.ins} files for distribution as combined
+% code and documentation.\par
+% The \emph{db2dtx} program is written
+% in XSLT2, a declarative language for processing XML. It
+% consists of a set of templates, each of which matches a
+% pattern in the XML document, usually an element type, or an
+% element type in a particular position or with a particular
+% attribute value or subelement.\par
+% For example, there is a template which matches the
+% \texttt{biblioref} element whenever it occurs. This puts three
+% things into the output:\par
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item the command \verb|\cite{| with its
+% opening curly brace;
+% \item the value of the link to the bibliographic
+% entry;
+% \item the closing \verb|}| curly
+% brace.
+% \end{enumerate}
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=XSLT]
+<xsl:template match="db:biblioref">
+ <xsl:text>\cite{</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@linkend"/>
+ <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
+</xsl:template>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% The advantage of using a declarative language is that you
+% don't need to know when and where each element will occur:
+% XSLT2 will find them as they come up in processing, and apply
+% the template when it happens. It's basically a case of
+% `when you see one of \emph{these}, do
+% \emph{this}'.\par
+% The next few sections of this document describe each part
+% of the program and how it produces your class or package
+% files.\par
+% \subsection{XML Declaration and Namespace declarations}
+% The program starts in the usual way with the XML
+% Declaration and the \texttt{xsl:stylesheet} start-tag with
+% the Namespace declarations.\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=XSLT]
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
+ xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ version="2.0">
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% Note that this is an XSLT2 program and requires an XSLT2
+% processor.\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=XSLT]
+ <!-- db2dtx.xsl
+ XSL script to transform DocBook5 documentation and code of a
+ LaTeX package or class file into a DocTeX (.dtx and .ins)
+ distribution.
+ Full processing command chain is output to file 'build'
+ Note this requires an XSLT2 processor (eg Saxon9 or above)
+ -->
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% We identify the version of the program, output methods,
+% parameters, and the single \texttt{xsl:include} file: the
+% {\ttfamily{}db2bibtex.xsl} module for handling
+% bibliographic formatting.\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=XSLT]
+ <xsl:variable name="thisversion">
+ <xsl:text>14.7</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:variable>
+
+ <xsl:output method="text"/>
+ <xsl:output method="text" name="textFormat"/>
+
+ <xsl:include href="db2bibtex.xsl"/>
+ <xsl:include href="db2plaintext.xsl"/>
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% This is incomplete: the remainder of the program is not
+% yet included here.\par
+% \StopEventually{\label{endcode}
+% \clearpage
+% \newgeometry{left=3cm}
+% \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Change History}
+% \label{}
+% \PrintChanges
+% \clearpage
+% \label{codeindex}
+% \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Index}
+% \PrintIndex}
+% \setlength{\revmarg}{1in}
+% \addtolength{\revmarg}{\widthof{\MacroFont{IndexColumns}}}
+% \newgeometry{left=\revmarg}
+% \iffalse
+%<*package>
+% \fi
+% \clearpage
+% \section{Service commands}
+% \iffalse
+%%
+%% SERVICE COMMANDS
+% \fi
+% As ClassPack itself is not a document class or package
+% \emph{per se}, there is no operating
+% code.\par
+% \iffalse
+%%
+%% As ClassPack itself is not a document class or package per se, there
+%% is no operating code.
+% \fi
+% However, there are some ancillary commands commonly used
+% in documentation which should be expected by authors of
+% classes and packages using ClassPack.\par
+% \iffalse
+%%
+%% However, there are some ancillary commands commonly used in
+%% documentation which should be expected by authors of classes and
+%% packages using ClassPack.
+% \fi
+% This section therefore implements
+% {\ttfamily{}classpack.sty}, which gets invoked
+% automatically via its entry in
+% {\ttfamily{}prepost.xml}.\par
+% \iffalse
+%%
+%% This section therefore implements classpack.sty, which gets invoked
+%% automatically via its entry in prepost.xml.
+% \fi
+% \begin{counter}{IndexColumns}
+% The \textsf{doctex} package uses a default
+% three-column index, which is too narrow for most purposes. We
+% therefore make the index in two columns, and space them
+% slightly farther apart.\par
+% \iffalse
+%%
+%% The doctex package uses a default three-column index, which is too
+%% narrow for most purposes. We therefore make the index in two columns,
+%% and space them slightly farther apart.
+% \fi
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}
+\setlength{\columnsep}{3pc}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{counter}
+% \subsection{\TeX{} and other logos}
+% \iffalse
+%%
+%% 1 TeX and other logos
+% \fi
+% \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} are defined in the \LaTeX{} kernel, but
+% most of the others are not. The following definitions are
+% taken from the \textsf{ltugboat} package, used for
+% typesetting the TUGboat journal.\par
+% \iffalse
+%%
+%% TeX and LaTeX are defined in the LaTeX kernel, but most of the others
+%% are not. The following definitions are taken from the ltugboat
+%% package, used for typesetting the TUGboat journal.
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\ConTeXt}
+% \ConTeXt{} is a typography and typesetting system meant
+% to provide users easy and consistent access to advanced
+% typographical control \cite{wp-context}.\par
+% \iffalse
+%%
+%% \ConTeXt{} is a typography and typesetting system meant to provide
+%% users easy and consistent access to advanced typographical control (,
+%% ).
+% \fi
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\ConTeXt{C\kern-.0333emon\-\kern-.0667em\TeX\kern-.0333emt}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \iffalse
+%</package>
+% \fi
+% \clearpage
+% \raggedright
+% \bibliography{classpack}
+% \bibliographystyle{apacite}
+% \begin{VerbatimOut}{classpack.bib}
+%<*ignore>
+@article{wp-context,
+author = {Anon},
+shortauthor = {Anon},
+title = {{\ConTeXt{}}},
+journal = {{Wikipedia}},
+url = {http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ConTeXt},
+lastchecked = {27 March 2013}
+}
+%</ignore>
+% \end{VerbatimOut}
+% \appendix
+% \iffalse
+%<*savedtd>
+% \fi
+% \clearpage
+% \section{The XML vocabulary}\label{savedtd}
+% \iffalse
+%%
+%% The XML vocabulary
+% \fi
+% There are currently no changes to the
+% \emph{DocBook} element structure.\par
+% \iffalse
+%%
+%% There are currently no changes to the DocBook element structure.
+% \fi
+% \begin{dtd}{book}
+% The DTD is a driver implementing a number of entity
+% declarations to ease the transformation to \LaTeX{}.\par
+% \iffalse
+%%
+%% The DTD is a driver implementing a number of entity declarations to
+%% ease the transformation to LaTeX.
+% \fi
+% \begin{macrocode}
+<!ENTITY % db5dtd SYSTEM "/dtds/docbook/docbook-5.0/dtd/docbook.dtd">
+<!ATTLIST date YYYY-MM-DD CDATA #IMPLIED>
+<!ATTLIST blockquote units CDATA #IMPLIED
+ begin CDATA #IMPLIED
+ end CDATA #IMPLIED>
+<!ATTLIST quote units CDATA #IMPLIED
+ begin CDATA #IMPLIED
+ end CDATA #IMPLIED>
+<!ELEMENT html:form EMPTY>
+<!ENTITY ampers "\&#38;#38;">
+<!ENTITY BiBTeX "\BibTeX{}">
+<!ENTITY BibTeX "\BibTeX{}">
+<!ENTITY BIBTeX "\BibTeX{}">
+<!ENTITY ConTeXt "\ConTeXt{}">
+<!ENTITY LaTeX "\LaTeX{}">
+<!ENTITY LaTeX2e "\LaTeXe{}">
+<!ENTITY XeTeX "\XeTeX{}">
+<!ENTITY LyX "\LyX{}">
+<!ENTITY METAFONT "\MF{}">
+<!ENTITY METAPOST "\MP{}">
+<!ENTITY TeX "\TeX{}">
+<!ENTITY bsol "{\texttt{\textbackslash}}">
+<!ENTITY date "\filedate{}">
+<!ENTITY degree "\textdegree{}">
+<!ENTITY doctype "\classorpackage{}">
+<!ENTITY filler "\hfil{}">
+<!ENTITY frac12 "\nicefrac12">
+<!ENTITY frac13 "\nicefrac13">
+<!ENTITY frac23 "\nicefrac23">
+<!ENTITY hellip "\dots{}">
+<!ENTITY mdash "~--- ">
+<!ENTITY mldr "\dotfill{}">
+<!ENTITY nbsp "~">
+<!ENTITY ndash "--">
+<!ENTITY percnt "\&#x0025;">
+<!ENTITY square "\raisebox{-1pt}{\Square}">
+<!ENTITY thinsp "\thinspace{}">
+<!ENTITY times "×">
+<!ENTITY specialUuml '{\normalfont\"{\fontfamily{cdr}\selectfont U}}'>
+<!ENTITY verbar "\menusep{}">
+<!ENTITY version "\fileversion{}">
+<!-- call the main DTD --> %db5dtd;
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{dtd}
+% \iffalse
+%</savedtd>
+% \fi
+% \iffalse
+%<*lxp>
+% \fi
+% \clearpage
+% \section{Reusable XML}\label{lxp}
+% \iffalse
+%%
+%% Reusable XML
+% \fi
+% In the last item in the list in \vref{xmltools}, I said that one of the
+% benefits of using XML for software generation and
+% documentation was the re-usability of the data. Here are a
+% couple of simple examples.\par
+% \iffalse
+%%
+%% In , I said that one of the benefits of using XML for software
+%% generation and documentation was the re-usability of the data. Here
+%% are a couple of simple examples.
+% \fi
+% \begin{macrocode}
+$ lxprintf -e productname "%s\n" . classpack.xml |\
+ sort | uniq -c | sort -k 1nr
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Checking that all element types have been described!\par
+% \iffalse
+%%
+%% Checking that all element types have been described!
+% \fi
+% \iffalse
+%</lxp>
+% \fi
+% \newgeometry{left=3cm}
+% \clearpage
+% \section{The \LaTeX{} Project Public License}\label{LPPL:LPPL}
+% \begin{quotation}\small\noindent
+% Everyone is allowed to distribute verbatim copies of this
+% license document, but modification of it is not allowed.
+% \end{quotation}
+% \subsection{Preamble}\label{LPPL:Preamble}
+% The \LaTeX{} Project Public License ({\small LPPL})
+% is the primary license under which the \LaTeX{} kernel and the
+% base \LaTeX{} packages are distributed.\par
+% You may use this license for any work of which you hold the
+% copyright and which you wish to distribute. This license may be
+% particularly suitable if your work is \TeX{}-related (such as a
+% \LaTeX{} package), but it is written in such a way that you can
+% use it even if your work is unrelated to \TeX{}.\par
+% The section \emph{Whether and How to Distribute Works under This
+% License}, below, gives instructions, examples, and
+% recommendations for authors who are considering distributing
+% their works under this license.\par
+% This license gives conditions under which a work may be
+% distributed and modified, as well as conditions under which
+% modified versions of that work may be distributed.\par
+% We, the \LaTeX{3} Project, believe that the conditions below
+% give you the freedom to make and distribute modified versions of
+% your work that conform with whatever technical specifications
+% you wish while maintaining the availability, integrity, and
+% reliability of that work. If you do not see how to achieve your
+% goal while meeting these conditions, then read the document
+% {\ttfamily{}cfgguide.tex} and {\ttfamily{}modguide.tex} in the base \LaTeX{}
+% distribution for suggestions.\par
+% \subsection{Definitions}\label{LPPL:Definitions}
+% In this license document the following terms are used:\par
+% \begin{description}[style=unboxed]
+% \item[Work\thinspace:]Any work being distributed under this License.
+% \item[Derived Work\thinspace:]Any work that under any applicable law is derived from
+% the Work.
+% \item[Modification\thinspace:]Any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any
+% applicable law~--- for example, the production of a file
+% containing an original file associated with the Work or a
+% significant portion of such a file, either verbatim or
+% with modifications and/or translated into another
+% language.
+% \item[Modify\thinspace:]To apply any procedure that produces a Derived Work
+% under any applicable law.
+% \item[Distribution\thinspace:]Making copies of the Work available from one person to
+% another, in whole or in part. Distribution includes (but
+% is not limited to) making any electronic components of the
+% Work accessible by file transfer protocols such as
+% {\small FTP} or {\small HTTP} or by
+% shared file systems such as Sun's Network File System
+% ({\small NFS}).
+% \item[Compiled Work\thinspace:]A version of the Work that has been processed into a
+% form where it is directly usable on a computer system.
+% This processing may include using installation facilities
+% provided by the Work, transformations of the Work, copying
+% of components of the Work, or other activities. Note that
+% modification of any installation facilities provided by
+% the Work constitutes modification of the Work.
+% \item[Current Maintainer\thinspace:]A person or persons nominated as such within the Work.
+% If there is no such explicit nomination then it is the
+% `Copyright Holder' under any applicable
+% law.
+% \item[Base Interpreter\thinspace:]A program or process that is normally needed for
+% running or interpreting a part or the whole of the
+% Work.\par
+% A Base Interpreter may depend on external components
+% but these are not considered part of the Base Interpreter
+% provided that each external component clearly identifies
+% itself whenever it is used interactively. Unless
+% explicitly specified when applying the license to the
+% Work, the only applicable Base Interpreter is a
+% `\LaTeX{}-Format' or in the case of files
+% belonging to the `\LaTeX{}-format' a program
+% implementing the `\TeX{} language'.
+% \end{description}
+% \subsection{Conditions on Distribution and Modification}\label{LPPL:Conditions}
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item Activities other than distribution and/or modification
+% of the Work are not covered by this license; they are
+% outside its scope. In particular, the act of running the
+% Work is not restricted and no requirements are made
+% concerning any offers of support for the Work.
+% \item \label{LPPL:item:distribute}You may distribute a complete, unmodified copy of the
+% Work as you received it. Distribution of only part of the
+% Work is considered modification of the Work, and no right to
+% distribute such a Derived Work may be assumed under the
+% terms of this clause.
+% \item You may distribute a Compiled Work that has been
+% generated from a complete, unmodified copy of the Work as
+% distributed under Clause~item~\ref{LPPL:item:distribute} above above, as
+% long as that Compiled Work is distributed in such a way that
+% the recipients may install the Compiled Work on their system
+% exactly as it would have been installed if they generated a
+% Compiled Work directly from the Work.
+% \item \label{LPPL:item:currmaint}If you are the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may,
+% without restriction, modify the Work, thus creating a
+% Derived Work. You may also distribute the Derived Work
+% without restriction, including Compiled Works generated from
+% the Derived Work. Derived Works distributed in this manner
+% by the Current Maintainer are considered to be updated
+% versions of the Work.
+% \item If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you
+% may modify your copy of the Work, thus creating a Derived
+% Work based on the Work, and compile this Derived Work, thus
+% creating a Compiled Work based on the Derived Work.
+% \item \label{LPPL:item:conditions}If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you
+% may distribute a Derived Work provided the following
+% conditions are met for every component of the Work unless
+% that component clearly states in the copyright notice that
+% it is exempt from that condition. Only the Current
+% Maintainer is allowed to add such statements of exemption to
+% a component of the Work.
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item If a component of this Derived Work can be a direct
+% replacement for a component of the Work when that
+% component is used with the Base Interpreter, then,
+% wherever this component of the Work identifies itself to
+% the user when used interactively with that Base
+% Interpreter, the replacement component of this Derived
+% Work clearly and unambiguously identifies itself as a
+% modified version of this component to the user when used
+% interactively with that Base Interpreter.
+% \item Every component of the Derived Work contains
+% prominent notices detailing the nature of the changes to
+% that component, or a prominent reference to another file
+% that is distributed as part of the Derived Work and that
+% contains a complete and accurate log of the
+% changes.
+% \item No information in the Derived Work implies that any
+% persons, including (but not limited to) the authors of
+% the original version of the Work, provide any support,
+% including (but not limited to) the reporting and
+% handling of errors, to recipients of the Derived Work
+% unless those persons have stated explicitly that they do
+% provide such support for the Derived Work.
+% \item You distribute at least one of the following with
+% the Derived Work:
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item A complete, unmodified copy of the Work; if your
+% distribution of a modified component is made by
+% offering access to copy the modified component from
+% a designated place, then offering equivalent access
+% to copy the Work from the same or some similar place
+% meets this condition, even though third parties are
+% not compelled to copy the Work along with the
+% modified component;
+% \item Information that is sufficient to obtain a
+% complete, unmodified copy of the Work.
+% \end{enumerate}
+% \end{enumerate}
+% \item If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you
+% may distribute a Compiled Work generated from a Derived
+% Work, as long as the Derived Work is distributed to all
+% recipients of the Compiled Work, and as long as the
+% conditions of Clause~item~\ref{LPPL:item:conditions} above, above, are met
+% with regard to the Derived Work.
+% \item The conditions above are not intended to prohibit, and
+% hence do not apply to, the modification, by any method, of
+% any component so that it becomes identical to an updated
+% version of that component of the Work as it is distributed
+% by the Current Maintainer under Clause~item~\ref{LPPL:item:currmaint} above, above.
+% \item Distribution of the Work or any Derived Work in an
+% alternative format, where the Work or that Derived Work (in
+% whole or in part) is then produced by applying some process
+% to that format, does not relax or nullify any sections of
+% this license as they pertain to the results of applying that
+% process.
+% \item % \begin{enumerate}
+% \item A Derived Work may be distributed under a different
+% license provided that license itself honors the
+% conditions listed in Clause~item~\ref{LPPL:item:conditions} above above, in
+% regard to the Work, though it does not have to honor the
+% rest of the conditions in this license.
+% \item If a Derived Work is distributed under a different
+% license, that Derived Work must provide sufficient
+% documentation as part of itself to allow each recipient
+% of that Derived Work to honor the restrictions in
+% Clause~item~\ref{LPPL:item:conditions} above above, concerning
+% changes from the Work.
+% \end{enumerate}
+% \item This license places no restrictions on works that are
+% unrelated to the Work, nor does this license place any
+% restrictions on aggregating such works with the Work by any
+% means.
+% \item Nothing in this license is intended to, or may be used
+% to, prevent complete compliance by all parties with all
+% applicable laws.
+% \end{enumerate}
+% \subsection{No Warranty}\label{LPPL:Warranty}
+% There is no warranty for the Work. Except when otherwise
+% stated in writing, the Copyright Holder provides the Work
+% `as is', without warranty of any kind, either
+% expressed or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied
+% warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular
+% purpose. The entire risk as to the quality and performance of
+% the Work is with you. Should the Work prove defective, you
+% assume the cost of all necessary servicing, repair, or
+% correction.\par
+% In no event unless required by applicable law or agreed to
+% in writing will The Copyright Holder, or any author named in the
+% components of the Work, or any other party who may distribute
+% and/or modify the Work as permitted above, be liable to you for
+% damages, including any general, special, incidental or
+% consequential damages arising out of any use of the Work or out
+% of inability to use the Work (including, but not limited to,
+% loss of data, data being rendered inaccurate, or losses
+% sustained by anyone as a result of any failure of the Work to
+% operate with any other programs), even if the Copyright Holder
+% or said author or said other party has been advised of the
+% possibility of such damages.\par
+% \subsection{Maintenance of The Work}\label{LPPL:Maintenance}
+% The Work has the status `author-maintained'
+% if the Copyright Holder explicitly and prominently states near
+% the primary copyright notice in the Work that the Work can only
+% be maintained by the Copyright Holder or simply that it is
+% `author-maintained'.\par
+% The Work has the status `maintained' if there
+% is a Current Maintainer who has indicated in the Work that they
+% are willing to receive error reports for the Work (for example,
+% by supplying a valid e-mail address). It is not required for the
+% Current Maintainer to acknowledge or act upon these error
+% reports.\par
+% The Work changes from status `maintained' to
+% `unmaintained' if there is no Current Maintainer,
+% or the person stated to be Current Maintainer of the work cannot
+% be reached through the indicated means of communication for a
+% period of six months, and there are no other significant signs
+% of active maintenance.\par
+% You can become the Current Maintainer of the Work by
+% agreement with any existing Current Maintainer to take over this
+% role.\par
+% If the Work is unmaintained, you can become the Current
+% Maintainer of the Work through the following steps:\par
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item Make a reasonable attempt to trace the Current
+% Maintainer (and the Copyright Holder, if the two differ)
+% through the means of an Internet or similar search.
+% \item If this search is successful, then enquire whether the
+% Work is still maintained.
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item If it is being maintained, then ask the Current
+% Maintainer to update their communication data within one
+% month.
+% \item \label{LPPL:item:intention}If the search is unsuccessful or no action to resume
+% active maintenance is taken by the Current Maintainer,
+% then announce within the pertinent community your
+% intention to take over maintenance. (If the Work is a
+% \LaTeX{} work, this could be done, for example, by
+% posting to \url{news:comp.text.tex}.)
+% \end{enumerate}
+% \item % \begin{enumerate}
+% \item If the Current Maintainer is reachable and agrees to
+% pass maintenance of the Work to you, then this takes
+% effect immediately upon announcement.
+% \item \label{LPPL:item:announce}If the Current Maintainer is not reachable and the
+% Copyright Holder agrees that maintenance of the Work be
+% passed to you, then this takes effect immediately upon
+% announcement.
+% \end{enumerate}
+% \item \label{LPPL:item:change}If you make an `intention announcement'
+% as described in~item~\ref{LPPL:item:intention} above above and after three
+% months your intention is challenged neither by the Current
+% Maintainer nor by the Copyright Holder nor by other people,
+% then you may arrange for the Work to be changed so as to
+% name you as the (new) Current Maintainer.
+% \item If the previously unreachable Current Maintainer becomes
+% reachable once more within three months of a change
+% completed under the terms of~item~\ref{LPPL:item:announce} above
+% or~item~\ref{LPPL:item:change} above, then that
+% Current
+% Maintainer must become or remain the Current Maintainer upon
+% request provided they then update their communication data
+% within one month.
+% \end{enumerate}
+% A change in the Current Maintainer does not, of itself,
+% alter the fact that the Work is distributed under the
+% {\small LPPL} license.\par
+% If you become the Current Maintainer of the Work, you should
+% immediately provide, within the Work, a prominent and
+% unambiguous statement of your status as Current Maintainer. You
+% should also announce your new status to the same pertinent
+% community as in~item~\ref{LPPL:item:intention} above
+% above.\par
+% \subsection{Whether and How to Distribute Works under This
+% License}\label{LPPL:Distribute}
+% This section contains important instructions, examples, and
+% recommendations for authors who are considering distributing
+% their works under this license. These authors are addressed as
+% `you' in this section.\par
+% \subsubsection{Choosing This License or Another License}\label{LPPL:Choosing}
+% If for any part of your work you want or need to use
+% \emph{distribution} conditions that differ
+% significantly from those in this license, then do not refer to
+% this license anywhere in your work but, instead, distribute
+% your work under a different license. You may use the text of
+% this license as a model for your own license, but your license
+% should not refer to the {\small LPPL} or otherwise
+% give the impression that your work is distributed under the
+% {\small LPPL}.\par
+% The document {\ttfamily{}modguide.tex} in the base \LaTeX{}
+% distribution explains the motivation behind the conditions of
+% this license. It explains, for example, why distributing
+% \LaTeX{} under the {\small GNU} General Public
+% License ({\small GPL}) was considered inappropriate.
+% Even if your work is unrelated to \LaTeX{}, the discussion in
+% {\ttfamily{}modguide.tex} may still be
+% relevant, and authors intending to distribute their works
+% under any license are encouraged to read it.\par
+% \subsubsection{A Recommendation on Modification Without
+% Distribution}\label{LPPL:WithoutDistribution}
+% It is wise never to modify a component of the Work, even
+% for your own personal use, without also meeting the above
+% conditions for distributing the modified component. While you
+% might intend that such modifications will never be
+% distributed, often this will happen by accident~--- you may
+% forget that you have modified that component; or it may not
+% occur to you when allowing others to access the modified
+% version that you are thus distributing it and violating the
+% conditions of this license in ways that could have legal
+% implications and, worse, cause problems for the community. It
+% is therefore usually in your best interest to keep your copy
+% of the Work identical with the public one. Many works provide
+% ways to control the behavior of that work without altering any
+% of its licensed components.\par
+% \subsubsection{How to Use This License}\label{LPPL:HowTo}
+% To use this license, place in each of the components of
+% your work both an explicit copyright notice including your
+% name and the year the work was authored and/or last
+% substantially modified. Include also a statement that the
+% distribution and/or modification of that component is
+% constrained by the conditions in this license.\par
+% Here is an example of such a notice and statement:\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[LaTeX]TeX}]
+%%% pig.dtx
+%%% Copyright 2005 M. Y. Name
+%%
+%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%% The latest version of this license is in
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%%
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+%%
+%% The Current Maintainer of this work is M. Y. Name.
+%%
+%% This work consists of the files pig.dtx and pig.ins
+%% and the derived file pig.sty.
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% Given such a notice and statement in a file, the
+% conditions given in this license document would apply, with
+% the `Work' referring to the three files
+% {\ttfamily{}pig.dtx}, {\ttfamily{}pig.ins}, and {\ttfamily{}pig.sty} (the last being generated
+% from {\ttfamily{}pig.dtx} using {\ttfamily{}pig.ins}), the `Base
+% Interpreter' referring to any
+% `\LaTeX{}-Format', and both `Copyright
+% Holder' and `Current Maintainer'
+% referring to the person
+% M.~Y.~Name\index{!}.\par
+% If you do not want the Maintenance section of
+% {\small LPPL} to apply to your Work, change
+% `maintained' above into
+% `author-maintained'. However, we recommend that
+% you use `maintained' as the Maintenance
+% section was added in order to ensure that your Work remains
+% useful to the community even when you can no longer maintain
+% and support it yourself.\par
+% \subsubsection{Derived Works That Are Not Replacements}\label{LPPL:NotReplacements}
+% Several clauses of the {\small LPPL} specify
+% means to provide reliability and stability for the user
+% community. They therefore concern themselves with the case
+% that a Derived Work is intended to be used as a (compatible or
+% incompatible) replacement of the original Work. If this is not
+% the case (e.g., if a few lines of code are reused for a
+% completely different task), then clauses 6b and 6d shall not
+% apply.\par
+% \subsubsection{Important Recommendations}\label{LPPL:Recommendations}
+% \paragraph{Defining What Constitutes the Work}
+% The {\small LPPL} requires that distributions
+% of the Work contain all the files of the Work. It is
+% therefore important that you provide a way for the licensee
+% to determine which files constitute the Work. This could,
+% for example, be achieved by explicitly listing all the files
+% of the Work near the copyright notice of each file or by
+% using a line such as:\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*ignore>
+% \fi
+\begin{lstlisting}[language={[LaTeX]TeX}]
+%% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
+\end{lstlisting}
+% \iffalse
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+% in that place. In the absence of an unequivocal list it
+% might be impossible for the licensee to determine what is
+% considered by you to comprise the Work and, in such a case,
+% the licensee would be entitled to make reasonable
+% conjectures as to which files comprise the Work.\par
+% \iffalse
+%<*testscript>
+# This is a test script
+echo Hello, World!
+
+%</testscript>
+% \fi
+% \Finale
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/support/classpack/classpack.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/support/classpack/classpack.ins
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e87e315a03a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/support/classpack/classpack.ins
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+%% Extracted from classpack.xml
+% classpack.ins is copyright © 2012-2013 by Peter Flynn <peter@silmaril.ie>
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+%
+% The current maintainer of this work is Peter Flynn <peter@silmaril.ie>
+%
+% This work consists of the files classpack.dtx and classpack.ins,
+% the derived file classpack.sty, and any ancillary files listed
+% in the MANIFEST.
+%
+\input docstrip.tex
+\keepsilent
+\usedir{tex/latex/classpack}
+\preamble
+This file was generated from an XML master source.
+Amendments and corrections should be notified to the
+maintainer for inclusion in future versions.
+\endpreamble
+\generate{\file{classpack.sty}{\from{classpack.dtx}{package}}%
+ \file{doctexbook.dtd}{\from{classpack.dtx}{savedtd}}%
+ \file{getgis.sh}{\from{classpack.dtx}{lxp}}%
+ \usepreamble\empty\usepostamble\empty
+ \file{test.sh}{\from{classpack.dtx}{testscript}}%
+}
+\obeyspaces
+\Msg{********************************************************}
+\Msg{** **}
+\Msg{** Read the documentation before using this package. **}
+\Msg{** **}
+\Msg{********************************************************}
+\endbatchfile
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/classpack/classpack.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/classpack/classpack.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e55e53e9a2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/classpack/classpack.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `classpack.sty',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% classpack.dtx (with options: `package')
+%% This file was generated from an XML master source.
+%% Amendments and corrections should be notified to the
+%% maintainer for inclusion in future versions.
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2011/06/27]
+\ProvidesPackage{classpack}[2013/05/28 v0.77
+ XML mastering for LaTeX classes and packages]
+%%
+%% SERVICE COMMANDS
+%%
+%% As ClassPack itself is not a document class or package per se, there
+%% is no operating code.
+%%
+%% However, there are some ancillary commands commonly used in
+%% documentation which should be expected by authors of classes and
+%% packages using ClassPack.
+%%
+%% This section therefore implements classpack.sty, which gets invoked
+%% automatically via its entry in prepost.xml.
+%%
+%% The doctex package uses a default three-column index, which is too
+%% narrow for most purposes. We therefore make the index in two columns,
+%% and space them slightly farther apart.
+\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}
+\setlength{\columnsep}{3pc}
+%%
+%% 1 TeX and other logos
+%%
+%% TeX and LaTeX are defined in the LaTeX kernel, but most of the others
+%% are not. The following definitions are taken from the ltugboat
+%% package, used for typesetting the TUGboat journal.
+%%
+%% \ConTeXt{} is a typography and typesetting system meant to provide
+%% users easy and consistent access to advanced typographical control (,
+%% ).
+\def\ConTeXt{C\kern-.0333emon\-\kern-.0667em\TeX\kern-.0333emt}
+
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `classpack.sty'.